Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Specifications Index
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Antilock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4T65-E) DTCS
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Charging DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 3.1L DTCS (Century)
    • Engine Performance - 3.8L DTCS
    • Horn DTCS
    • HVAC - Automatic DTCS
    • HVAC - Manual DTCS
    • Keyless Entry DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Retained Accessory Power DTCS
    • Starting DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
    • Tire Pressure Monitor DTCS
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • ABS Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (1 of 2)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (2 of 2)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
      • Air Bag Restraint System Connector End Views
        • SDM Connector End View
        • Driver - Side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Passenger - Side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Side Impact Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
      • Automatic Transaxle Connector End Views (4T65-E)
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (3.1L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (3.1L - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (3.1L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (3.1L - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (3.8L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (3.8L - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (3.8L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (3.8L - 2 Of 2)
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • TCC Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transaxle In-Line Harness 20-Way Connector End View
        • Transaxle Range Switch C1 Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transaxle Range Switch C2 Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Harness Side)
      • Body Control Module Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4 Connector End View
      • Body Rear End Connector End Views
        • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Lock Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Relay Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Occupant Sensor Connector End View
      • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
        • Vehicle Communications Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communications Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling System Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Release Switch Connector End View
      • Electric Cooling Fans Connector End Views
        • Left Electric Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Right Electric Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (3.1L)
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor "A" Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor "B" Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Connector End View (Malibu)
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Malibu)
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Malibu)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Malibu)
        • Fuel Injectors Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View (Malibu)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Malibu)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Malibu)
        • Idle Air Control Valve Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module C1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module C2 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • Ignition Control Module C2 Connector End View (Malibu)
        • Ignition Control Module C3 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Ignition Control Module C3 Connector End View (Malibu)
        • Intake Air Temperature Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View (Century & Malibu Only)
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Connector End View (Century)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix & Malibu)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Malibu - 1 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Malibu - 2 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Malibu - 3 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Malibu - 1 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Malibu - 2 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Malibu - 3 Of 3)
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Connector End View (Grand Prix Only)
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay Connector End View (Grand Prix Only)
        • Throttle Position Sensor Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (3.8L)
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View (Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • CKP Sensor Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Regal)
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville, Impala, Monte Carlo, LeSabre, Regal W/O Supercharger & Park Avenue)
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View (Regal With Supercharger)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Regal)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Grand Prix & Regal)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Le Sabre & Park Avenue)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Regal)
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Regal)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Regal)
        • IAC Valve Connector End View
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View (Gran Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • ICM Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • ICM Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • ICM Connector End View (Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • ICM Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • ICM Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster C1 Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster C2 Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster C1 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster C2 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster C1 Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster C2 Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Regal)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix & Regal)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • MAP Sensor With Supercharger Connector End View (Grand Prix, Regal)
        • MAP Sensor W/O Supercharger Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo, Regal & Park Avenue)
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • MAP Sensor With Supercharger Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Grand Prix - 1 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Grand Prix - 2 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Grand Prix - 3 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Grand Prix - 1 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Grand Prix - 2 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Grand Prix - 3 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Park Avenue - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Park Avenue - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Park Avenue - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Park Avenue - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Regal - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Regal - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Regal - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Regal - 2 Of 2)
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (Grand Prix & Regal)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • TPS Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • TPS Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • TPS Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • TPS Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • VSS Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • VSS Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • VSS Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
      • Data Link Communications Connector End Views
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack (SP205) Connector End View
      • Entertainment Connector End Views
        • Radio Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Radio Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier (U85 - Speaker System 8, Quad Front Door Mounted) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier (U85 - Speaker System 8, Quad Front Door Mounted) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door Midrange Connector End View
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door Tweeter (U85 - Speaker System 8, Quad Front Door Mounted)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (U85 - Speaker System 8, Quad Front Door Mounted)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (UQ3, Performanced Enhanced Audio Speakers)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door Midrange
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door Tweeter (U85 - Speaker System 8, Quad Front Door Mounted)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (U85 - Speaker System 8, Quad Front Door Mounted)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (UQ3, Performanced Enhanced Audio Speakers)
      • Horns Connector End Views
        • Horn Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Automatic)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Outside
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View (1 of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View (2 of 2)
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
        • Vacuum Control Assembly Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Manual)
        • A/C Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Left Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Right Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View (C1)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View (C2)
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (L36/L67)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (LG8)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
      • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Relay Connector End View (Regal)
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View (LF)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View (RF)
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Assembly (Left) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Assembly (Left) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Assembly (Right) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Assembly (Right) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Relay Connector End View
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp/Switch Connector End View
        • Park Lamp Relay Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Roof Rail Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Roof Rail Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View, C1
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View, C2
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right
      • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Front Passenger C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - LR C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - RR C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Front Passenger, C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - LR, C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - RR, C1
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View - Driver, C1
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View - Driver, C2
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR (1 Of 2)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR (2 Of 2)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (1 Of 2)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (2 Of 2)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR (1 Of 2)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR (2 Of 2)
      • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Limit Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View (Express Open), C1
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View (Express Open), C2
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
      • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Back Element Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Back Element Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Heated Seat Cushion Cover Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Cushion Cover Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Connector End Views
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Relay Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Driver Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
      • Shift Interlock System Connector End Views
        • Shift Lock Solenoid Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (C1)
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (C2)
        • Shift Lock Control Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View (C1)
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View (C2)
      • Starting System Connector End Views
        • Starter Electrical Connector End View
      • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • Inside Rear View Mirror Connector End View (w/UE1)
        • Rear Window Defogger Relay Connector End View
      • Steering Controls Connector End Views
        • Magnasteer Actuator Connector End View
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transaxle Control (BTSI) Connector End View
        • Electric Park Lock Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Computer
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Engine Performance
        • 3.1L
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlocks
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 3.1L
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Where To Find Electrical Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Front Probe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting With A Digital MULTIMETER
        • Troubleshooting With A Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing For Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing For Short To Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing For A Short To Voltage
        • Testing For Intermittent And Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing For Electrical INTERMITTENTS
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted Or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing In-Line Harness Diodes
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (Ho2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Sir/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push To Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull To Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within An Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached To Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • UNDERHOOD Electrical Center Or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center Or Junction Block Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools And Equipment
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Accessories Control Systems
    • Retained Accessory Power System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Schematic Icons
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Component Views
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Retained Accessory Power
        • Diagnostic System Check - Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1477: BCM Detects No Voltage at RAP Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1478: Short To Battery In RAP Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Retained Accessory Power
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Description and Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematic
          • Century
          • Regal
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunctions
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Front Door
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Front Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Rear Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Inside Handle Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (With Mini Wedge)
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (W/O Mini Wedge)
          • Striker Adjustment Using Clay or Caulk
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment - Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Glass
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Front Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Remote
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Sound Insulator Replacement - Front
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Front Fender Liner Replacement
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Automatic Door Re-Lock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door/Trunk Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Automatic Day/Night Feature Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
        • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1003: BCM To RCDLR Signal Loss
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3102: Serial Data Circuit Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3103: Short To Voltage In Keyless Entry Serial Data Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3106: BCM Message Parity Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Synchronization
        • Transmitter Programming
      • Description And Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description And Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver's Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors-Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Alarm
          • Keyless Transmitter Low Battery Warning
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
      • Special Tools And Equipment
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2957: BCMs PASS-Key® Signal Circuit resistance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2958: BCMs PASS-Key® Signal Circuit Resistance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960: BCMs PASS-Key® Signal Circuit Resistance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031: No Valid Key Pellet Resistance In Memory
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3094: No Vehicle Security Powertrain Status Message From PCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1626: Loss Of State Of Health Serial Data Message
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1629: Loss Of State Of Health Serial Data Message
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1630: PCM Remains In Theft Deterrent Password Learn Mode Too Long
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC/MIL
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631: Incorrect Password From VTD System
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Conditions
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • SECURITY Indicator
          • Theft Lock Radio (if applicable)
          • VTD Description and Operation
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Ignition Key
          • Ignition Cylinder
          • Body Control Module
          • Crank Relay
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • SECURITY indicator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Body Interior
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Where To Find Electrical Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Front Probe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting With A Digital MULTIMETER
        • Troubleshooting With A Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing For Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing For Short To Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing For A Short To Voltage
        • Testing For Intermittent And Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing For Electrical INTERMITTENTS
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted Or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing In-Line Harness Diodes
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (Ho2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Sir/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push To Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull To Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within An Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached To Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • UNDERHOOD Electrical Center Or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center Or Junction Block Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools And Equipment
  • Communication Devices
    • Body Control System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Control Module Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
      • Component Locator
        • Body Control Module Component Views
        • Body Control Module Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Control System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1000: Internal Write Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1004: KAM Has Been Reset
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1007: Data Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1009: Memory Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1013: Memory Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1334: DOOR LOCKS Fuse Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1339: INADV POWER BUS/RAP Fuse Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1354: Ground 2 Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1422: Ignition Switch Voltage Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Body Control System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration
          • Notes
          • Setup New Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Theft Deterrent
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • BCM Functions
          • Simple Power Mode Example
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Fail-safe Operation
          • Serial Data Messages
          • Discrete Ignition Signals
    • Data Link Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Data Link Communications Schematic Icons
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
      • Component Locator
        • Data Link Communications Component Views
        • Data Link Communications Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Data Link Communications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC U1000 and U1255: Operating Parameter Association
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1001-U1254: Module Communication
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1300, U1301, or U1305 (Generic Short DTC): Class 2 Serial Data Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Data Link Communications
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Data Link Connector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Class 2 Serial Data Link
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Cruise Control Component Views
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Diagnostic System Check - Cruise Control
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Cruise Control)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Disengage History)
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC P1554: Incorrect Cruise Engage Signal
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1575: Extended Travel Brake Switch Circuit Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1585: Cruise Inhibit Signal Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Indicator Always On
      • Cruise Control Indicator Inoperative
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
    • Repair Instructions
      • Cruise Control Cable Replacement (3. 1L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cruise Control Cable Replacement (3.8L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cruise Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List (F1)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (F1)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List (F1)
        • DTC B2455: Cellular Microphone Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Runninig the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470: Vehicle Communication Interface Module Detects No Cellular Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476 (F1): Keypad Signal Circuit Voltage Less Than 2.8 Volts
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running/Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482: Button Is Depressed Or Stuck For More Than 15 Seconds
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running/Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484: Vehicle Communication Interface Module Does Not Detect A Navigation Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication (F1)
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative (F1)
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center (F1)
          • Test Description
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard (F1)
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative (F1)
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio (F1)
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
        • Audio Too Loud at Low Settings
        • Radio Display Inoperative, No Sound from Speakers
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • All Speakers Inoperative
          • With RPO UQ3 (Performanced Enhanced Audio Speakers)
          • With RPO U85 (Speaker System 8, Quad Front Door Mounted)
          • One Speaker Inoperative
          • Speakers - Reduced Volume
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cassette Player Care and Cleaning
        • Radio Antenna Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Mast Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement (IP)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement (Body Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Setting the Clock
          • Playing the Radio
          • Finding a Station
          • Setting the Tone
          • Adjusting the Speakers (Base Radio)
          • BAL Control (Uplevel Radio)
          • FADE Control (Uplevel Radio)
          • TUNE Control (Uplevel Radio)
          • AUTO TONE Control (Uplevel Radio)
          • Playing a Cassette Tape
          • Setting the Tone (Uplevel Radio)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1482: BCM Commanded State Does Not Match The Feedback
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2533: Fog Lamp Enable Circuit Active With Short To Battery Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2552 (Regal Only): Backup Lamp Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2553 (Regal Only): Short To Battery In Backup Lamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2559: Courtesy Lamp Ground Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2577: Short To Ground Or Open In Headlamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2578: Short To Battery In Headlamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2587: Short To Ground Or Open In Park Lamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2588: Short To Battery In Park Lamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2603: Short To Battery In LF Turn Signal Lamp Supply Voltage/Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2608: Short To Battery In RF Turn Signal Lamp Supply Voltage/Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2617: Courtesy Lamp Low Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2618: Courtesy Lamp Low Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2647: Short To Ground In DRL Ambient Light Sensor Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2648: Ambient Light Sensor Signal Circuit Open Or Shorted To Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On (Regal)
        • Backup Lamps Always On (Century)
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative (Regal)
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative (Century)
        • Cornering Lamps Always On
        • Cornering Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • Headlamps Inoperative in Low Light Conditions
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • IP Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • IP Compartment Lamp Always On
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative in Low Light Conditions
        • Reading Lamp(s) Always On
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative - Inside
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Lamp Replacement (Bulb)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Lamp Replacement (Switch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp/Reflector Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Compartment Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trans Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Notes
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and /or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Side Rail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Bumper Fascia Deflector Replacement - Side
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Compartment Lid Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Flash to Pass
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Automatic Headlamps and Park Lamps
          • Delayed Headlamp Control
          • Park Brake Input
          • Fog Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Cornering Lamps
          • Park, Tail, Sidemarker, and Rear License Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps (Century)
          • Backup Lamps (Regal)
          • Lighting System Indicator(s)
            • High Beam
            • Turn Signals
          • Driver Controls and Modules
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lighting
          • Interior Lamps
          • Interior Lamps Features
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Exit
          • Inadvertent Power Feature
          • Theater Dimming
          • Courtesy Lamps Manual Operation
          • Dome Lamp
          • IP Compartment Lamp
          • IP Courtesy Lamp
          • Inside Rear View Mirror Lamp
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Roof Rail Courtesy Lamps
          • Sunshade Mirror Lamps
          • Underhood Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
            • Notes
            • Incandescent Dimming
            • Vacuum Fluorescent (VF) Dimming
          • Driver Controls and Modules
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel, Gauges & Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster & Audible Warning Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0570
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0600
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0602
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0608
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2961
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0462
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1189
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Gages and Odometer
            • Indicators
            • Driver Information Center (DIC)
            • Audible Warnings
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - I/P Accessory
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Panel Replacement - Outer - I/P Lower Trim
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - I/P Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - I/P
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Adjustment - I/P Compartment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - I/P Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - I/P Compartment Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • I/P Air Outlet Vent Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - I/P
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Filler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cigar Lighter Replacement - I/P
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cigar Lighter Replacement - Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement - Floor Console Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Floor Console - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor (D06)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor (D55)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Accessory Port Replace - Front Floor Console (D55)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Accessory Port Replace - Front Floor Console (D06)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Message
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • PRNDL Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Level
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • English/Metric Button
          • Mode Button
          • RESET Button
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy (AFE)
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
            • Trip Range
            • Oil Life Monitor
            • Boost Gage
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation (Audible Warnings)
          • Notes
          • Check Gages Alarm
          • Headlamps On Reminder
          • Key-in-Ignition Reminder
          • Overspeed Warning (Gulf States Export Only)
          • Parking Brake Reminder
          • Turn Signal Reminder
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1482: BCM Commanded State Does Not Match The Feedback
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2533: Fog Lamp Enable Circuit Active With Short To Battery Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2552 (Regal Only): Backup Lamp Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2553 (Regal Only): Short To Battery In Backup Lamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2559: Courtesy Lamp Ground Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2577: Short To Ground Or Open In Headlamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2578: Short To Battery In Headlamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2587: Short To Ground Or Open In Park Lamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2588: Short To Battery In Park Lamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2603: Short To Battery In LF Turn Signal Lamp Supply Voltage/Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2608: Short To Battery In RF Turn Signal Lamp Supply Voltage/Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2617: Courtesy Lamp Low Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2618: Courtesy Lamp Low Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2647: Short To Ground In DRL Ambient Light Sensor Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2648: Ambient Light Sensor Signal Circuit Open Or Shorted To Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On (Regal)
        • Backup Lamps Always On (Century)
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative (Regal)
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative (Century)
        • Cornering Lamps Always On
        • Cornering Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • Headlamps Inoperative in Low Light Conditions
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • IP Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • IP Compartment Lamp Always On
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative in Low Light Conditions
        • Reading Lamp(s) Always On
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative - Inside
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Lamp Replacement (Bulb)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Lamp Replacement (Switch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp/Reflector Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Compartment Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trans Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Notes
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and /or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Side Rail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Bumper Fascia Deflector Replacement - Side
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Compartment Lid Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Flash to Pass
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Automatic Headlamps and Park Lamps
          • Delayed Headlamp Control
          • Park Brake Input
          • Fog Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Cornering Lamps
          • Park, Tail, Sidemarker, and Rear License Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps (Century)
          • Backup Lamps (Regal)
          • Lighting System Indicator(s)
            • High Beam
            • Turn Signals
          • Driver Controls and Modules
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lighting
          • Interior Lamps
          • Interior Lamps Features
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Exit
          • Inadvertent Power Feature
          • Theater Dimming
          • Courtesy Lamps Manual Operation
          • Dome Lamp
          • IP Compartment Lamp
          • IP Courtesy Lamp
          • Inside Rear View Mirror Lamp
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Roof Rail Courtesy Lamps
          • Sunshade Mirror Lamps
          • Underhood Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
            • Notes
            • Incandescent Dimming
            • Vacuum Fluorescent (VF) Dimming
          • Driver Controls and Modules
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • HVAC Control Module
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day/Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day/Night Feature System Components
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day/Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day/Night Feature (w/o UE1)
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day/Night Feature (w/ UE1)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Horns
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
      • Notes
      • Horns Schematics
        • Century
        • Regal
    • Component Locator
      • Horns Component Views
      • Horns Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
      • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC B2752: Short To Ground Or An Open In Horn Relay Control Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B2753: Short To Voltage In Horn Relay Control Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Horns
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Horns Always On
        • Test Description
      • Horns Inoperative
        • Test Description
      • Horns - Poor Tone
    • Repair Instructions
      • Horn Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Horn Relay Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description And Operation
      • Horns System Description and Operation
        • System Description
        • System Operation
        • Circuit Operation
    • Special Tools And Equipment
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
      • Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness in Steering Column
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection - Off Vehicle
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Park Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal, and Hazard Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Intermediate Steering Shaft
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement - Steering Column
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Turn Signal and Multifunction Switch Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Turn Signal and Multifunction Switch Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Turn Signal and Multifunction Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Turn Signal and Multifunction Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Electric Park Lock Module - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Electric Park Lock Module - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Steering Column Lock Cylinder Set - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Lock Cylinder Set - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Column Lock Cylinder Set - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Lock Cylinder Set - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Linear Shift Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Linear Shift Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Tilt Spring - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Tilt Spring - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Tilt Spring - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Tilt Spring - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Electronic Column Lock Module - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Electronic Column Lock Module - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Electronic Column Lock Module - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Electronic Column Lock Module - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Inflatable Restraint Coil Centering - Off Vehicle (Column Shift And Floor Shift)
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security - Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Steering Column Electric Park Lock
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List (F1)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (F1)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List (F1)
        • DTC B2455: Cellular Microphone Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Runninig the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470: Vehicle Communication Interface Module Detects No Cellular Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476 (F1): Keypad Signal Circuit Voltage Less Than 2.8 Volts
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running/Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482: Button Is Depressed Or Stuck For More Than 15 Seconds
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running/Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484: Vehicle Communication Interface Module Does Not Detect A Navigation Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication (F1)
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative (F1)
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center (F1)
          • Test Description
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard (F1)
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative (F1)
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio (F1)
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
        • Audio Too Loud at Low Settings
        • Radio Display Inoperative, No Sound from Speakers
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • All Speakers Inoperative
          • With RPO UQ3 (Performanced Enhanced Audio Speakers)
          • With RPO U85 (Speaker System 8, Quad Front Door Mounted)
          • One Speaker Inoperative
          • Speakers - Reduced Volume
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cassette Player Care and Cleaning
        • Radio Antenna Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Mast Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement (IP)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement (Body Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Setting the Clock
          • Playing the Radio
          • Finding a Station
          • Setting the Tone
          • Adjusting the Speakers (Base Radio)
          • BAL Control (Uplevel Radio)
          • FADE Control (Uplevel Radio)
          • TUNE Control (Uplevel Radio)
          • AUTO TONE Control (Uplevel Radio)
          • Playing a Cassette Tape
          • Setting the Tone (Uplevel Radio)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Molding Repair
          • Adhesive Body Side Moldings
          • Adhesive Body Side Moldings End Loose
          • Adhesive Body Side Molding Completely Removed
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Bumper Fascia
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille (Regal)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille (Century)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Bumper Fascia
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Bumper Fascia
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Door Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Body Side
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Joint
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Decal and Stripe Replacement
          • Notes
          • Stripes or Decals
          • Stripe or Decal Removal
          • Stripe or Decal Installation - Wet Method
      • Special Tools And Equipment
    • Instrument Panel, Gauges & Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster & Audible Warning Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0570
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0600
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0602
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0608
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2961
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0462
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1189
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Gages and Odometer
            • Indicators
            • Driver Information Center (DIC)
            • Audible Warnings
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - I/P Accessory
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Panel Replacement - Outer - I/P Lower Trim
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - I/P Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - I/P
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Adjustment - I/P Compartment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - I/P Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - I/P Compartment Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • I/P Air Outlet Vent Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - I/P
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Filler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cigar Lighter Replacement - I/P
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cigar Lighter Replacement - Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement - Floor Console Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Floor Console - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor (D06)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor (D55)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Accessory Port Replace - Front Floor Console (D55)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Accessory Port Replace - Front Floor Console (D06)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Message
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • PRNDL Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Level
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • English/Metric Button
          • Mode Button
          • RESET Button
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy (AFE)
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
            • Trip Range
            • Oil Life Monitor
            • Boost Gage
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation (Audible Warnings)
          • Notes
          • Check Gages Alarm
          • Headlamps On Reminder
          • Key-in-Ignition Reminder
          • Overspeed Warning (Gulf States Export Only)
          • Parking Brake Reminder
          • Turn Signal Reminder
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
          • Notes
          • Drying Method
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Barrier Replacement - Rear Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coat Hook Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Lower Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter Upper
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter Lower
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window Shelf
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools And Equipment
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1482: BCM Commanded State Does Not Match The Feedback
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2533: Fog Lamp Enable Circuit Active With Short To Battery Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2552 (Regal Only): Backup Lamp Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2553 (Regal Only): Short To Battery In Backup Lamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2559: Courtesy Lamp Ground Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2577: Short To Ground Or Open In Headlamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2578: Short To Battery In Headlamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2587: Short To Ground Or Open In Park Lamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2588: Short To Battery In Park Lamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2603: Short To Battery In LF Turn Signal Lamp Supply Voltage/Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2608: Short To Battery In RF Turn Signal Lamp Supply Voltage/Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2617: Courtesy Lamp Low Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2618: Courtesy Lamp Low Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2647: Short To Ground In DRL Ambient Light Sensor Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2648: Ambient Light Sensor Signal Circuit Open Or Shorted To Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On (Regal)
        • Backup Lamps Always On (Century)
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative (Regal)
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative (Century)
        • Cornering Lamps Always On
        • Cornering Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • Headlamps Inoperative in Low Light Conditions
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • IP Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • IP Compartment Lamp Always On
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative in Low Light Conditions
        • Reading Lamp(s) Always On
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative - Inside
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Lamp Replacement (Bulb)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Lamp Replacement (Switch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp/Reflector Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • IP Compartment Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trans Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Notes
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and /or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Side Rail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Bumper Fascia Deflector Replacement - Side
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Compartment Lid Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Flash to Pass
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Automatic Headlamps and Park Lamps
          • Delayed Headlamp Control
          • Park Brake Input
          • Fog Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Cornering Lamps
          • Park, Tail, Sidemarker, and Rear License Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps (Century)
          • Backup Lamps (Regal)
          • Lighting System Indicator(s)
            • High Beam
            • Turn Signals
          • Driver Controls and Modules
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lighting
          • Interior Lamps
          • Interior Lamps Features
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Exit
          • Inadvertent Power Feature
          • Theater Dimming
          • Courtesy Lamps Manual Operation
          • Dome Lamp
          • IP Compartment Lamp
          • IP Courtesy Lamp
          • Inside Rear View Mirror Lamp
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Roof Rail Courtesy Lamps
          • Sunshade Mirror Lamps
          • Underhood Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
            • Notes
            • Incandescent Dimming
            • Vacuum Fluorescent (VF) Dimming
          • Driver Controls and Modules
  • Memory Modules
    • Personalization System
      • Description and Operation
        • Personalization Description and Operation
        • Vehicle Personalization
          • Modes of Operation
            • Automatic Door Locks
            • Delayed Locking
            • Perimeter Lighting
            • Remote Activation Verification
          • Programming Features
            • Enter Programming
            • Automatic Door Locks
            • Delayed Headlamp Illumination
            • Delayed Locking
            • Perimeter Lighting
            • Remote Activation Verification
            • Exit Programming
          • Programming Features with the Tech 2
            • Notes
            • Automatic Door Locks
            • Last Door Closed Locking Mode
            • Remote Unlock Verification Mode
            • Remote Lock Verification Mode
            • Delayed Headlamp Illumination Mode
            • Perimeter Lighting
            • Trap Alert System
          • Additional Information
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematic
          • Century
          • Regal
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunctions
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Front Door
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Front Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Rear Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Inside Handle Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (With Mini Wedge)
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (W/O Mini Wedge)
          • Striker Adjustment Using Clay or Caulk
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment - Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Glass
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Front Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Remote
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Sound Insulator Replacement - Front
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Front Fender Liner Replacement
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Automatic Door Re-Lock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door/Trunk Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Automatic Day/Night Feature Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • HVAC Control Module
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day/Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day/Night Feature System Components
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day/Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day/Night Feature (w/o UE1)
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day/Night Feature (w/ UE1)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Seats
    • Power Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Seats Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
        • Heated Seats Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
        • Power Seat Adjuster Mechanical Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Split Bench
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Front (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Front (Bucket Seat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Front (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Front (Bucket Seat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjustments - Front
          • Seat Adjustment at Floorpan Attachment
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Replacement
        • Heated Seat Control Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray and Housing Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Retainer Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Non-Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear (Fixed)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear (Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Bolster Replacement - Rear Split Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Replacement - Rear (Folding Seat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Pad Replacement - Rear (Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Pad Replacement - Rear (Non-Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Folding Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Power Seat System Components
          • Power Seat Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Heated Seat System Components
          • Heated Seat System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
      • Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness in Steering Column
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection - Off Vehicle
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Park Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal, and Hazard Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Intermediate Steering Shaft
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement - Steering Column
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Turn Signal and Multifunction Switch Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Turn Signal and Multifunction Switch Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Turn Signal and Multifunction Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Turn Signal and Multifunction Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Electric Park Lock Module - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Electric Park Lock Module - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Steering Column Lock Cylinder Set - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Lock Cylinder Set - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Column Lock Cylinder Set - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Lock Cylinder Set - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Linear Shift Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Linear Shift Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Tilt Spring - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Tilt Spring - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Tilt Spring - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Tilt Spring - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Electronic Column Lock Module - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Electronic Column Lock Module - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Electronic Column Lock Module - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Electronic Column Lock Module - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Inflatable Restraint Coil Centering - Off Vehicle (Column Shift And Floor Shift)
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security - Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Steering Column Electric Park Lock
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Warning Systems
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
        • Diagnostic System Check - Tire Pressure Monitoring
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2818: BCM Detects Ground Signal From Reset Switch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1245: EBCM Detects Tire Pressure Difference In One Tire
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Inoperative
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Does Not Reset
      • Repair Instructions
        • TIRE PRESSURE MONITOR RESET PROCEDURe
          • Notes
          • Using the RESET button
          • Using the Scan Tool
      • Description And Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description And Operation
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematic
          • Century
          • Regal
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunctions
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Front Door
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Front Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Rear Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Inside Handle Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (With Mini Wedge)
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (W/O Mini Wedge)
          • Striker Adjustment Using Clay or Caulk
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment - Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Glass
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Front Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Remote
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Sound Insulator Replacement - Front
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Front Fender Liner Replacement
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Automatic Door Re-Lock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door/Trunk Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Automatic Day/Night Feature Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Power Window System
      • Description & Operation
        • Power Window System
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Passenger Windows Operation
      • Component Locations
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Diagnosing INTERMITTENTS
        • Problem Diagnosis
        • Test Procedures
          • Intermittent Simulation
        • Trouble Shooting INTERMITTENTS
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: All Power Windows Inoperative
        • Test B: Driver Door Power Window Inoperative
        • Test C: Express Down Function Inoperative
        • Test D: Lock-Out Function Inoperative
        • Test E: Passenger Power Window Inoperative
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Door Trim Panel
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Window Motor
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Window Switch
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • Century
        • Regal
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • HVAC Control Module
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day/Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day/Night Feature System Components
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day/Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day/Night Feature (w/o UE1)
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day/Night Feature (w/ UE1)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System And Washer System
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Wash Operation
        • Mist Operation
        • Delay Operation
        • Lo Operation
        • Hi Operation
        • Park Position
        • Washer Fluid Indicator
      • Component Locations
      • Adjustments
        • Wiper Arms
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Diagnostic Starting Point
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • INTERMITTENTS
        • Symptom Diagnosis
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Low Washer Fluid Indicator Malfunction
        • Test B: Washers Always On
        • Test C: Washers Inoperative
        • Test D: Wipers Always On
        • Test E: Wipers Inoperative In All Modes
        • Test F: Wipers Inoperative (One Or More Modes)
        • Test G: Wiper Blades Do Not Park
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Washer Fluid Level Switch & Washer Fluid Container
          • Removal & Installation
        • Washer Motor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Wiper Arms
          • Removal & Installation
        • Wiper Crank Arm
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Wiper Drive System Module
          • Removal & Installation
        • Wiper Motor Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Wiper Motor Cover (Circuit Board)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Wiper Transmission
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Wiper/Washer Switch
          • Removal & Installation
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
• Body & Frame
  • Body, Cab Control Systems
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Where To Find Electrical Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Front Probe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting With A Digital MULTIMETER
        • Troubleshooting With A Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing For Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing For Short To Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing For A Short To Voltage
        • Testing For Intermittent And Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing For Electrical INTERMITTENTS
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted Or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing In-Line Harness Diodes
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (Ho2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Sir/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push To Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull To Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within An Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached To Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • UNDERHOOD Electrical Center Or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center Or Junction Block Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools And Equipment
  • Door Locks
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematic
          • Century
          • Regal
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunctions
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Front Door
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Front Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Rear Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Inside Handle Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (With Mini Wedge)
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (W/O Mini Wedge)
          • Striker Adjustment Using Clay or Caulk
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment - Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Glass
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Front Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Remote
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Sound Insulator Replacement - Front
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Front Fender Liner Replacement
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Automatic Door Re-Lock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door/Trunk Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Automatic Day/Night Feature Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
        • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1003: BCM To RCDLR Signal Loss
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3102: Serial Data Circuit Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3103: Short To Voltage In Keyless Entry Serial Data Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3106: BCM Message Parity Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Synchronization
        • Transmitter Programming
      • Description And Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description And Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver's Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors-Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Alarm
          • Keyless Transmitter Low Battery Warning
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
      • Special Tools And Equipment
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2957: BCMs PASS-Key® Signal Circuit resistance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2958: BCMs PASS-Key® Signal Circuit Resistance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960: BCMs PASS-Key® Signal Circuit Resistance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031: No Valid Key Pellet Resistance In Memory
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3094: No Vehicle Security Powertrain Status Message From PCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1626: Loss Of State Of Health Serial Data Message
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1629: Loss Of State Of Health Serial Data Message
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1630: PCM Remains In Theft Deterrent Password Learn Mode Too Long
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC/MIL
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631: Incorrect Password From VTD System
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Conditions
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • SECURITY Indicator
          • Theft Lock Radio (if applicable)
          • VTD Description and Operation
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Ignition Key
          • Ignition Cylinder
          • Body Control Module
          • Crank Relay
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • SECURITY indicator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Body Front End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hood Adjustment
        • Hood Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Rod Replacement - Hood
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brace Replacement - Front Fender Upper Diagonal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brace Replacement - Cross Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Plenum to Hood
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Rear Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fender Liner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Sound Insulator Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Splash Shield Replacement - Engine
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Dash Mat Replacement - Side
      • Description And Operation
        • Body Front End Description
        • Front End Sealing Description
      • Special Tools And Equipment
    • Body Rear End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Body Rear End Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
      • Component Locator
        • Body Rear End Component Views
        • Body Rear End Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Rear End
        • Diagnostic System Check - Body Rear End
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3267
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3268
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Body Rear End
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Trunk Release Inoperative
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Always On
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Sill Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Trim Panel Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Convenience Net Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Pocket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Release Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Compartment Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation
          • Luggage Compartment
      • Special Tools And Equipment
    • Bumpers
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Inspection After Collision
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Bumper Fascia Deflector Replacement - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Grille Replacement - Front Bumper Lower (Regal)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Grille Replacement - Front Bumper Lower (Century)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Bracket Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Support Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Support Replacement - Front Bumper Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Support Replacement - Front Bumper Lower
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Splash Shield Replacement - Rear Bumper Fascia - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Splash Shield Replacement - Rear Bumper Fascia - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Reinforcement Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Bumper and Fascia Description
      • Special Tools And Equipment
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Molding Repair
          • Adhesive Body Side Moldings
          • Adhesive Body Side Moldings End Loose
          • Adhesive Body Side Molding Completely Removed
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Bumper Fascia
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille (Regal)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille (Century)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Bumper Fascia
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Bumper Fascia
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Door Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Body Side
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Joint
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Decal and Stripe Replacement
          • Notes
          • Stripes or Decals
          • Stripe or Decal Removal
          • Stripe or Decal Installation - Wet Method
      • Special Tools And Equipment
    • Instrument Panel, Gauges & Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster & Audible Warning Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0570
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0600
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0602
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0608
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2961
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0462
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1189
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Gages and Odometer
            • Indicators
            • Driver Information Center (DIC)
            • Audible Warnings
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - I/P Accessory
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Panel Replacement - Outer - I/P Lower Trim
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - I/P Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - I/P
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Adjustment - I/P Compartment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - I/P Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - I/P Compartment Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • I/P Air Outlet Vent Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - I/P
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Filler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cigar Lighter Replacement - I/P
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cigar Lighter Replacement - Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement - Floor Console Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Floor Console - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor (D06)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor (D55)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Accessory Port Replace - Front Floor Console (D55)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Accessory Port Replace - Front Floor Console (D06)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Message
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • PRNDL Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Level
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • English/Metric Button
          • Mode Button
          • RESET Button
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy (AFE)
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
            • Trip Range
            • Oil Life Monitor
            • Boost Gage
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation (Audible Warnings)
          • Notes
          • Check Gages Alarm
          • Headlamps On Reminder
          • Key-in-Ignition Reminder
          • Overspeed Warning (Gulf States Export Only)
          • Parking Brake Reminder
          • Turn Signal Reminder
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
          • Notes
          • Drying Method
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Barrier Replacement - Rear Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coat Hook Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Lower Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter Upper
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter Lower
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window Shelf
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools And Equipment
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
      • Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness in Steering Column
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection - Off Vehicle
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Park Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal, and Hazard Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Intermediate Steering Shaft
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement - Steering Column
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Trim Covers - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Turn Signal and Multifunction Switch Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Turn Signal and Multifunction Switch Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Turn Signal and Multifunction Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Turn Signal and Multifunction Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Electric Park Lock Module - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Electric Park Lock Module - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Steering Column Lock Cylinder Set - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Lock Cylinder Set - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Column Lock Cylinder Set - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Lock Cylinder Set - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Linear Shift Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Linear Shift Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Tilt Spring - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Tilt Spring - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Tilt Spring - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Tilt Spring - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Electronic Column Lock Module - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Electronic Column Lock Module - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Electronic Column Lock Module - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Electronic Column Lock Module - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
        • Inflatable Restraint Coil Centering - Off Vehicle (Column Shift And Floor Shift)
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security - Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Steering Column Electric Park Lock
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematic
          • Century
          • Regal
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunctions
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Front Door
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Front Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Rear Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Inside Handle Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (With Mini Wedge)
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (W/O Mini Wedge)
          • Striker Adjustment Using Clay or Caulk
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment - Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Glass
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Front Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Remote
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Sound Insulator Replacement - Front
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Front Fender Liner Replacement
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Automatic Door Re-Lock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door/Trunk Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Automatic Day/Night Feature Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • HVAC Control Module
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day/Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day/Night Feature System Components
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day/Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day/Night Feature (w/o UE1)
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day/Night Feature (w/ UE1)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Seats
    • Power Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Seats Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
        • Heated Seats Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
        • Power Seat Adjuster Mechanical Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Split Bench
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Front (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Front (Bucket Seat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Front (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Front (Bucket Seat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjustments - Front
          • Seat Adjustment at Floorpan Attachment
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Replacement
        • Heated Seat Control Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray and Housing Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Retainer Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Non-Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear (Fixed)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear (Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Bolster Replacement - Rear Split Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Replacement - Rear (Folding Seat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Pad Replacement - Rear (Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Pad Replacement - Rear (Non-Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Folding Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Power Seat System Components
          • Power Seat Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Heated Seat System Components
          • Heated Seat System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Power Sun Roof
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Sunroof Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
      • Component Locator
        • Power Roof Systems Component Views
        • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Sunroof
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Roof
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Sunroof Inoperative
        • Power Sunroof Does Not Open
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Express Open Feature Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Does Not Open to Vent Position
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Does Not Close from Vent Position
      • Repair Instructions
        • Sunroof Glass Height and Opening Fit Adjustment
          • Adjustment of the Sunroof Glass Panel Seal
          • Sunroof Glass Panel Height Adjustment
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Channel Inspection and Cleaning
          • Drain Hose Routing
          • Plugged Drain Hose
          • Disconnected Drain Hose
        • Sunshade Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Glass Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Glass Panel Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Sunroof Express Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Sunroof Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Sunroof Position Encoding System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Sunroof Description and Operation
          • Power Sunroof System Components
          • Power Sunroof Operation
          • To Vent Open
          • To Close from Vent Position
          • Express Open
          • To Close from Open Position
          • Sunroof Motor
          • Sunroof Limit Switch/Sunroof Position Encoding System Switch
  • Windows
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematic
          • Century
          • Regal
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunctions
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Front Door
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Front Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Rear Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Inside Handle Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (With Mini Wedge)
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (W/O Mini Wedge)
          • Striker Adjustment Using Clay or Caulk
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment - Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Glass
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Front Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Remote
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Sound Insulator Replacement - Front
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Front Fender Liner Replacement
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Automatic Door Re-Lock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door/Trunk Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Automatic Day/Night Feature Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Power Window System
      • Description & Operation
        • Power Window System
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Passenger Windows Operation
      • Component Locations
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Diagnosing INTERMITTENTS
        • Problem Diagnosis
        • Test Procedures
          • Intermittent Simulation
        • Trouble Shooting INTERMITTENTS
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: All Power Windows Inoperative
        • Test B: Driver Door Power Window Inoperative
        • Test C: Express Down Function Inoperative
        • Test D: Lock-Out Function Inoperative
        • Test E: Passenger Power Window Inoperative
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Door Trim Panel
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Window Motor
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Window Switch
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • Century
        • Regal
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • HVAC Control Module
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day/Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day/Night Feature System Components
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day/Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day/Night Feature (w/o UE1)
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day/Night Feature (w/ UE1)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
      • Wiring Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Anti-lock Brake System
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • DTC B2747: Traction Control Switch Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1214: Electronic Brake Control Relay Contact Circuit Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1216: EBCM Commanded Pressure Release Is Too Long
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C1217: Pump Motor Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1218: Pump Motor Circuit Short To Voltage Or Motor Ground Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1221: LF Wheel Speed Sensor Input Signal Equals Zero; C1222: RF Wheel Speed Sensor Input Signal Equals Zero; C1223: LR Wheel Speed Sensor Input Signal Equals Zero; C1224: RR Wheel Speed Sensor Input Signal Equals Zero; C1225: LF Excessive Wheel Speed Variation; C1226: RF Excessive Wheel Speed Variation; C1227: LR Excessive Wheel Speed Variation; C1228: RR Excessive Wheel Speed Variation; C1229: Simultaneous Drop Out Of Frt. WHL SPD. Signals; C1232: LF Wheel Speed Circuit Open Or Shorted: C1233: RF Wheel Speed Circuit Open Or Shorted; C1234: LR Wheel Speed Circuit Open Or Shorted; C1235: RR Wheel Speed Circuit Open Or Shorted
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C1221 through C1228
            • C1232 through C1235
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
            • C1221 through C1224
            • C1225 through C1228
            • C1232 through C1235
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C1221 through C1224
            • C1225 through C1228
            • C1232 through C1235
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1236: Low System Supply Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1237: High System Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1238: Brake Temp Status Temporarily Exceeded
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1242: BPMV Pump Motor Ground Circuit Open; C1243: BPMV Pump Motor Stalled
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
            • C1242
            • C1243
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
            • C1242
            • C1243
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1248: DRP Disabled
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1254: Abnormal Shutdown Detected
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1255: EBTCM Internal Malfunction (Abs/TCS/ICCS Disabled); C1256: EBTCM Internal Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C1255
            • C1256
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1261: LF Inlet Valve Solenoid Malfunction; C1262: LF Outlet Valve Solenoid; C1263: RF Inlet Valve Solenoid; C1264: RF Outlet Valve Solenoid; C1265: LR Inlet Valve Solenoid; C1266: LR Outlet Valve Solenoid; C1267: RR Inlet Valve Solenoid; C1268: RR Outlet Valve Solenoid; C1269: VCM/4WAL Voltage Low During Abs Stop; C1271: LF TCS Master Cylinder Isolation Valve: C1272: LF TCS Prime Valve; C1273: RF TCS Master Cylinder Isolation Valve; C1274: RF TCS Prime Valve
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1275: Pcm Serial Data Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C1276: Delivered Torque Signal Malfunction; P1644: Driver 1 Line 4; P1689: TCS Delivered Torque Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1276
            • P1644 or P1689
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1277: Requested Torque Signal Circuit Malfunction; P1571: Traction Control Desired Torque Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1277
            • P1571
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1278: TCS Temporarily Inhibited By Pcm (TCS/ETS Only)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C1291: Open Brake Lamp Switch Contacts During Deceleration
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1294: Brake Lamp Switch Circuit Always Active
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1295: Brake Light Switch Circuit Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Anti-lock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always ON
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Always ON
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always ON
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
          • Bleeding the ABS System
          • Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Anti-lock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW7)
          • ABS Indicator
          • Traction Control System Indicator(s)
            • TRAC Off
            • Low TRAC
      • Special Tools And Equipment
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brakes & Drum Brakes
      • Description & Operation
        • Brake Assist System
          • Description
          • Operation
        • Brake Warning System
          • Brake System Indicator
        • Disc Brake System
          • Description
          • Operation
        • Drum Brake System
          • Description
          • Operation
        • Hydraulic Brake System
          • Description
          • Operation
      • Bleeding Brake System
        • Notes
        • Brake Bleeding Sequence
        • Manual Bleeding
        • Pressure Bleeding
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
      • Adjustments & Inspections
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement And Inspection
        • Brake Pedal PUSHROD Inspection
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
          • Notes
          • Disc Brake
          • Drum Brake
        • Brake Pipe And Hose Inspection
        • Disc Brakes
          • Rotor Thickness Measurement
          • Surface And Wear Inspection
          • Brake Pad Inspection
          • Caliper Inspection
          • Single Piston Caliper
          • Dual Piston Caliper
          • Disc Mounting And Hardware Inspection (Front)
          • Disc Mounting And Hardware Inspection (Rear)
        • Drum Brakes
          • Surface And Wear Inspection
          • Drum Diameter Measurement
          • Drum Adjusting Hardware Inspection
          • Drum Brake Adjustment
        • Park Brake
          • Park Brake System Hardware Inspection
          • Disc Brake Park Brake Shoe Inspection
          • Disc Brake Park Brake Adjustment
          • Drum Park Brake Hardware Inspection
          • Drum Park Brake Adjustment
        • Stoplight Switch
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Hydraulic Brakes
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Park Brake
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Park Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Diagnostic System Check
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C1247
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Test
      • System Tests
        • Brake Assist System
        • Brake System Internal Leak
        • Brake System External Leak
        • Brake System Vacuum Source
        • Hydraulic Brake System
        • Park Brake System
        • Disc Brake System
        • Drum Brake System
      • Symptom Tests
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Brake Pulsation
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls To One Side
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front To Rear
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Park Brake Will Not Hold Or Release
        • Brake Indicator Always On
        • Brake Indicator Inoperative
      • Servicing
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
        • Brake Drum Refinishing
        • Burnishing Pads And Rotors
      • Removal & Installation
        • Adjusting Screw
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Backing Plate Replacement
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Brake Drum
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Brake Hose (Front)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Brake Hose (Rear Disc)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Brake Hose (Rear Drum)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Brake Pedal Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Brake Pipe
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Brake Rotor (Front)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Brake Rotor (Rear)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Brake Shoe
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Caliper (Front)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Caliper (Rear)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Caliper Bracket (Front)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Caliper Bracket (Rear)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Disc Pads (Front)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Disc Pads (Rear)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Disc Hardware (Front)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Disc Hardware (Rear)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Drum Brake Adjusting Hardware
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Drum Brake Hardware
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Master Cylinder
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Actuator
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Cable (Front)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Cable (Rear Disc)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Cable (Rear Drum)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Cable Equalizer
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Hardware
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Pedal Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Shoe
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Stoplight Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Vacuum Brake Booster
          • Notes
          • Removal (3.1L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.8L)
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve And/Or Hose
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Wheel Cylinder
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Overhaul
        • Front Caliper
          • Disassembly
          • Assembly
        • Master Cylinder
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Reassembly
        • Rear Caliper
          • Disassembly
          • Assembly
      • Disc Brake Specifications
      • Drum Brake Specifications
      • Park Brake Specifications
      • Torque Specifications
  • Traction Control
    • Anti-Lock Brake System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
      • Wiring Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Anti-lock Brake System
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • DTC B2747: Traction Control Switch Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1214: Electronic Brake Control Relay Contact Circuit Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1216: EBCM Commanded Pressure Release Is Too Long
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C1217: Pump Motor Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1218: Pump Motor Circuit Short To Voltage Or Motor Ground Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1221: LF Wheel Speed Sensor Input Signal Equals Zero; C1222: RF Wheel Speed Sensor Input Signal Equals Zero; C1223: LR Wheel Speed Sensor Input Signal Equals Zero; C1224: RR Wheel Speed Sensor Input Signal Equals Zero; C1225: LF Excessive Wheel Speed Variation; C1226: RF Excessive Wheel Speed Variation; C1227: LR Excessive Wheel Speed Variation; C1228: RR Excessive Wheel Speed Variation; C1229: Simultaneous Drop Out Of Frt. WHL SPD. Signals; C1232: LF Wheel Speed Circuit Open Or Shorted: C1233: RF Wheel Speed Circuit Open Or Shorted; C1234: LR Wheel Speed Circuit Open Or Shorted; C1235: RR Wheel Speed Circuit Open Or Shorted
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C1221 through C1228
            • C1232 through C1235
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
            • C1221 through C1224
            • C1225 through C1228
            • C1232 through C1235
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C1221 through C1224
            • C1225 through C1228
            • C1232 through C1235
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1236: Low System Supply Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1237: High System Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1238: Brake Temp Status Temporarily Exceeded
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1242: BPMV Pump Motor Ground Circuit Open; C1243: BPMV Pump Motor Stalled
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
            • C1242
            • C1243
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
            • C1242
            • C1243
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1248: DRP Disabled
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1254: Abnormal Shutdown Detected
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1255: EBTCM Internal Malfunction (Abs/TCS/ICCS Disabled); C1256: EBTCM Internal Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C1255
            • C1256
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1261: LF Inlet Valve Solenoid Malfunction; C1262: LF Outlet Valve Solenoid; C1263: RF Inlet Valve Solenoid; C1264: RF Outlet Valve Solenoid; C1265: LR Inlet Valve Solenoid; C1266: LR Outlet Valve Solenoid; C1267: RR Inlet Valve Solenoid; C1268: RR Outlet Valve Solenoid; C1269: VCM/4WAL Voltage Low During Abs Stop; C1271: LF TCS Master Cylinder Isolation Valve: C1272: LF TCS Prime Valve; C1273: RF TCS Master Cylinder Isolation Valve; C1274: RF TCS Prime Valve
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1275: Pcm Serial Data Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C1276: Delivered Torque Signal Malfunction; P1644: Driver 1 Line 4; P1689: TCS Delivered Torque Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1276
            • P1644 or P1689
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1277: Requested Torque Signal Circuit Malfunction; P1571: Traction Control Desired Torque Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1277
            • P1571
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1278: TCS Temporarily Inhibited By Pcm (TCS/ETS Only)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C1291: Open Brake Lamp Switch Contacts During Deceleration
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1294: Brake Lamp Switch Circuit Always Active
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1295: Brake Light Switch Circuit Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Anti-lock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always ON
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Always ON
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always ON
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
          • Bleeding the ABS System
          • Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Anti-lock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW7)
          • ABS Indicator
          • Traction Control System Indicator(s)
            • TRAC Off
            • Low TRAC
      • Special Tools And Equipment
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts - Front
    • Description & Operation
      • Notes
      • Boots, Seals & Clamps
      • Front Wheel Drive Shaft TRIPOT Joint (Inner Joint)
      • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Constant Velocity Joint (Outer Joint)
    • Troubleshooting
      • Click Noise In Turns
      • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
    • Removal, Disassembly, Reassembly & Installation
      • Notes
      • Axle Shafts
        • Notes
        • Removal
        • Disassembly (Inner - Tripot Type)
        • Inspection
        • Reassembly (Inner - Tripot Type)
        • Disassembly (Rzeppa Type Outer CV Joint)
        • Cleaning & Inspection (Rzeppa Type Outer CV Joint)
        • Reassembly (Rzeppa Type Outer CV Joint)
        • Installation
    • Torque Specifications
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Battery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics (Starting)
          • Century
          • Regal
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P0560
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0620
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Notes
          • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
          • Test Description
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • ABS Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (1 of 2)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (2 of 2)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
      • Air Bag Restraint System Connector End Views
        • SDM Connector End View
        • Driver - Side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Passenger - Side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Side Impact Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
      • Automatic Transaxle Connector End Views (4T65-E)
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (3.1L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (3.1L - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (3.1L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (3.1L - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (3.8L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (3.8L - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (3.8L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (3.8L - 2 Of 2)
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • TCC Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transaxle In-Line Harness 20-Way Connector End View
        • Transaxle Range Switch C1 Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transaxle Range Switch C2 Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Harness Side)
      • Body Control Module Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4 Connector End View
      • Body Rear End Connector End Views
        • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Lock Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Relay Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Occupant Sensor Connector End View
      • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
        • Vehicle Communications Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communications Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling System Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Release Switch Connector End View
      • Electric Cooling Fans Connector End Views
        • Left Electric Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Right Electric Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (3.1L)
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor "A" Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor "B" Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Connector End View (Malibu)
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Malibu)
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Malibu)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Malibu)
        • Fuel Injectors Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View (Malibu)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Malibu)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Malibu)
        • Idle Air Control Valve Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module C1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module C2 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • Ignition Control Module C2 Connector End View (Malibu)
        • Ignition Control Module C3 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Ignition Control Module C3 Connector End View (Malibu)
        • Intake Air Temperature Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View (Century & Malibu Only)
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Connector End View (Century)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix & Malibu)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Malibu - 1 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Malibu - 2 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Malibu - 3 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Malibu - 1 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Malibu - 2 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Malibu - 3 Of 3)
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Connector End View (Grand Prix Only)
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay Connector End View (Grand Prix Only)
        • Throttle Position Sensor Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (3.8L)
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View (Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • CKP Sensor Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Regal)
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville, Impala, Monte Carlo, LeSabre, Regal W/O Supercharger & Park Avenue)
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View (Regal With Supercharger)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Regal)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Grand Prix & Regal)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Le Sabre & Park Avenue)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Regal)
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Regal)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Regal)
        • IAC Valve Connector End View
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View (Gran Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • ICM Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • ICM Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • ICM Connector End View (Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • ICM Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • ICM Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster C1 Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster C2 Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster C1 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster C2 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster C1 Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster C2 Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Regal)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix & Regal)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • MAP Sensor With Supercharger Connector End View (Grand Prix, Regal)
        • MAP Sensor W/O Supercharger Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo, Regal & Park Avenue)
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • MAP Sensor With Supercharger Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Grand Prix - 1 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Grand Prix - 2 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Grand Prix - 3 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Grand Prix - 1 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Grand Prix - 2 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Grand Prix - 3 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Park Avenue - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Park Avenue - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Park Avenue - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Park Avenue - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Regal - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Regal - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Regal - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Regal - 2 Of 2)
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (Grand Prix & Regal)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • TPS Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • TPS Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • TPS Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • TPS Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • VSS Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • VSS Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • VSS Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
      • Data Link Communications Connector End Views
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack (SP205) Connector End View
      • Entertainment Connector End Views
        • Radio Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Radio Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier (U85 - Speaker System 8, Quad Front Door Mounted) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier (U85 - Speaker System 8, Quad Front Door Mounted) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door Midrange Connector End View
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door Tweeter (U85 - Speaker System 8, Quad Front Door Mounted)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (U85 - Speaker System 8, Quad Front Door Mounted)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (UQ3, Performanced Enhanced Audio Speakers)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door Midrange
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door Tweeter (U85 - Speaker System 8, Quad Front Door Mounted)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (U85 - Speaker System 8, Quad Front Door Mounted)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (UQ3, Performanced Enhanced Audio Speakers)
      • Horns Connector End Views
        • Horn Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Automatic)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Outside
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View (1 of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View (2 of 2)
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
        • Vacuum Control Assembly Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Manual)
        • A/C Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Left Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Right Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View (C1)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View (C2)
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (L36/L67)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (LG8)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
      • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Relay Connector End View (Regal)
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View (LF)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View (RF)
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Assembly (Left) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Assembly (Left) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Assembly (Right) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Assembly (Right) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Relay Connector End View
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp/Switch Connector End View
        • Park Lamp Relay Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Roof Rail Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Roof Rail Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View, C1
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View, C2
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right
      • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Front Passenger C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - LR C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - RR C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Front Passenger, C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - LR, C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - RR, C1
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View - Driver, C1
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View - Driver, C2
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR (1 Of 2)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR (2 Of 2)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (1 Of 2)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (2 Of 2)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR (1 Of 2)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR (2 Of 2)
      • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Limit Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View (Express Open), C1
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View (Express Open), C2
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
      • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Back Element Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Back Element Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Heated Seat Cushion Cover Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Cushion Cover Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Connector End Views
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Relay Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Driver Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
      • Shift Interlock System Connector End Views
        • Shift Lock Solenoid Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (C1)
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (C2)
        • Shift Lock Control Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View (C1)
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View (C2)
      • Starting System Connector End Views
        • Starter Electrical Connector End View
      • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • Inside Rear View Mirror Connector End View (w/UE1)
        • Rear Window Defogger Relay Connector End View
      • Steering Controls Connector End Views
        • Magnasteer Actuator Connector End View
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transaxle Control (BTSI) Connector End View
        • Electric Park Lock Connector End View
    • Retained Accessory Power System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Schematic Icons
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Component Views
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Retained Accessory Power
        • Diagnostic System Check - Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1477: BCM Detects No Voltage at RAP Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1478: Short To Battery In RAP Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Retained Accessory Power
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Description and Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics (Starting)
          • Century
          • Regal
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P0560
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0620
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Notes
          • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
          • Test Description
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Charging System
      • Description & Operation
      • Component Locations
      • Adjustments
        • Belt Tension
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Notes
        • Preliminary Inspection
        • System Operation Check
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • DTC P0560: Voltage Out-Of-Range
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0620: Fault Detection Circuit Malfunction
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Charging System Test
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Test B: Charge Indicator Always On
        • Test C: Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Test D: Generator Noisy
      • On-Vehicle Testing
        • Notes
        • Battery Testing & Inspection
        • Battery Specifications
        • Engine Electrical Diagnostic System Check
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Bench Testing
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Generator
          • Removal (3.1L)
          • Installation (3.1L)
          • Removal (3.8L)
          • Installation (3.8L)
      • Overhaul
      • Generator Specifications
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • Century
        • Regal
  • Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Fusible Links
      • Instrument Panel Fuse Block
      • UNDERHOOD Electrical Center
  • Instrument Panel, Gauges & Console
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Fuel Level Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Instrument Cluster & Audible Warning Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
      • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
        • Test Description
      • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC B0570
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC B0600
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC B0602
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC B0608
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B2961
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0462
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0463
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1189
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
          • Notes
          • Gages and Odometer
          • Indicators
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Audible Warnings
      • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
      • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
      • Change Engine Oil Indicator Inoperative
      • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
      • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
      • Chime Always On
      • Chime Inoperative
    • Repair Instructions
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Knee Bolster Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Replacement - I/P Accessory
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Filler Panel Replacement - Outer - I/P Lower Trim
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - I/P Cluster
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Compartment Replacement - I/P
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Striker Adjustment - I/P Compartment
        • Adjustment Procedure
      • Latch Replacement - I/P Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lock Cylinder Replacement - I/P Compartment Door
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • I/P Air Outlet Vent Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Pad Replacement - I/P
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Filler Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ashtray Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cigar Lighter Replacement - I/P
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Door Replacement - Console Compartment Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Replacement - Console Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cigar Lighter Replacement - Console
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ashtray Replacement - Floor Console Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Compartment Replacement - Floor Console - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Replacement - Front Floor (D06)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Replacement - Front Floor (D55)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Replacement - Front Floor Console
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Accessory Port Replace - Front Floor Console (D55)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Accessory Port Replace - Front Floor Console (D06)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
        • Displays Test
        • Indicators and Warning Message
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
        • Fuel Gage
        • Odometer
        • PRNDL Display
        • Speedometer
        • Tachometer
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Change Oil Soon
        • Low Fuel
        • Low Oil Level
        • Low Oil Pressure
        • Service Vehicle Soon
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • English/Metric Button
        • Mode Button
        • RESET Button
          • Notes
          • Average Fuel Economy (AFE)
          • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
          • Trip Range
          • Oil Life Monitor
          • Boost Gage
      • Audible Warnings Description and Operation (Audible Warnings)
        • Notes
        • Check Gages Alarm
        • Headlamps On Reminder
        • Key-in-Ignition Reminder
        • Overspeed Warning (Gulf States Export Only)
        • Parking Brake Reminder
        • Turn Signal Reminder
    • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Horns
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
      • Notes
      • Horns Schematics
        • Century
        • Regal
    • Component Locator
      • Horns Component Views
      • Horns Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
      • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC B2752: Short To Ground Or An Open In Horn Relay Control Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B2753: Short To Voltage In Horn Relay Control Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Horns
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Horns Always On
        • Test Description
      • Horns Inoperative
        • Test Description
      • Horns - Poor Tone
    • Repair Instructions
      • Horn Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Horn Relay Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description And Operation
      • Horns System Description and Operation
        • System Description
        • System Operation
        • Circuit Operation
    • Special Tools And Equipment
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Battery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics (Starting)
          • Century
          • Regal
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P0560
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0620
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Notes
          • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
          • Test Description
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • ABS Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (1 of 2)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (2 of 2)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
      • Air Bag Restraint System Connector End Views
        • SDM Connector End View
        • Driver - Side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Passenger - Side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Side Impact Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
      • Automatic Transaxle Connector End Views (4T65-E)
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (3.1L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (3.1L - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (3.1L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (3.1L - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (3.8L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (3.8L - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (3.8L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (3.8L - 2 Of 2)
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • TCC Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transaxle In-Line Harness 20-Way Connector End View
        • Transaxle Range Switch C1 Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transaxle Range Switch C2 Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Harness Side)
      • Body Control Module Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4 Connector End View
      • Body Rear End Connector End Views
        • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Lock Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Relay Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Occupant Sensor Connector End View
      • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
        • Vehicle Communications Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communications Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling System Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Release Switch Connector End View
      • Electric Cooling Fans Connector End Views
        • Left Electric Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Right Electric Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (3.1L)
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor "A" Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor "B" Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Connector End View (Malibu)
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Malibu)
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Malibu)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Malibu)
        • Fuel Injectors Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View (Malibu)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Malibu)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Malibu)
        • Idle Air Control Valve Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module C1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module C2 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • Ignition Control Module C2 Connector End View (Malibu)
        • Ignition Control Module C3 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Ignition Control Module C3 Connector End View (Malibu)
        • Intake Air Temperature Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View (Century & Malibu Only)
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Connector End View (Century)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix & Malibu)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Malibu - 1 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Malibu - 2 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Malibu - 3 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Malibu - 1 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Malibu - 2 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Malibu - 3 Of 3)
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Connector End View (Grand Prix Only)
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay Connector End View (Grand Prix Only)
        • Throttle Position Sensor Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (3.8L)
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View (Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • CKP Sensor Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Regal)
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville, Impala, Monte Carlo, LeSabre, Regal W/O Supercharger & Park Avenue)
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View (Regal With Supercharger)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Regal)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Grand Prix & Regal)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Le Sabre & Park Avenue)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Regal)
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Regal)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Regal)
        • IAC Valve Connector End View
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View (Gran Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • ICM Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • ICM Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • ICM Connector End View (Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • ICM Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • ICM Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster C1 Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster C2 Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster C1 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster C2 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster C1 Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster C2 Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Regal)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix & Regal)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • MAP Sensor With Supercharger Connector End View (Grand Prix, Regal)
        • MAP Sensor W/O Supercharger Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo, Regal & Park Avenue)
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • MAP Sensor With Supercharger Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Grand Prix - 1 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Grand Prix - 2 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Grand Prix - 3 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Grand Prix - 1 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Grand Prix - 2 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Grand Prix - 3 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Park Avenue - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Park Avenue - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Park Avenue - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Park Avenue - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Regal - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Regal - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Regal - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Regal - 2 Of 2)
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (Grand Prix & Regal)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • TPS Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • TPS Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • TPS Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • TPS Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • VSS Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • VSS Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • VSS Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
      • Data Link Communications Connector End Views
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack (SP205) Connector End View
      • Entertainment Connector End Views
        • Radio Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Radio Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier (U85 - Speaker System 8, Quad Front Door Mounted) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier (U85 - Speaker System 8, Quad Front Door Mounted) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door Midrange Connector End View
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door Tweeter (U85 - Speaker System 8, Quad Front Door Mounted)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (U85 - Speaker System 8, Quad Front Door Mounted)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (UQ3, Performanced Enhanced Audio Speakers)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door Midrange
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door Tweeter (U85 - Speaker System 8, Quad Front Door Mounted)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (U85 - Speaker System 8, Quad Front Door Mounted)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (UQ3, Performanced Enhanced Audio Speakers)
      • Horns Connector End Views
        • Horn Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Automatic)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Outside
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View (1 of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View (2 of 2)
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
        • Vacuum Control Assembly Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Manual)
        • A/C Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Left Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Right Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View (C1)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View (C2)
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (L36/L67)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (LG8)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
      • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Relay Connector End View (Regal)
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View (LF)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View (RF)
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Assembly (Left) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Assembly (Left) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Assembly (Right) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Assembly (Right) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Relay Connector End View
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp/Switch Connector End View
        • Park Lamp Relay Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Roof Rail Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Roof Rail Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View, C1
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View, C2
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right
      • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Front Passenger C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - LR C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - RR C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Front Passenger, C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - LR, C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - RR, C1
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View - Driver, C1
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View - Driver, C2
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR (1 Of 2)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR (2 Of 2)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (1 Of 2)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (2 Of 2)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR (1 Of 2)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR (2 Of 2)
      • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Limit Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View (Express Open), C1
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View (Express Open), C2
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
      • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Back Element Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Back Element Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Heated Seat Cushion Cover Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Cushion Cover Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Connector End Views
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Relay Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Driver Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
      • Shift Interlock System Connector End Views
        • Shift Lock Solenoid Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (C1)
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (C2)
        • Shift Lock Control Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View (C1)
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View (C2)
      • Starting System Connector End Views
        • Starter Electrical Connector End View
      • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • Inside Rear View Mirror Connector End View (w/UE1)
        • Rear Window Defogger Relay Connector End View
      • Steering Controls Connector End Views
        • Magnasteer Actuator Connector End View
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transaxle Control (BTSI) Connector End View
        • Electric Park Lock Connector End View
    • Retained Accessory Power System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Schematic Icons
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Component Views
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Retained Accessory Power
        • Diagnostic System Check - Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1477: BCM Detects No Voltage at RAP Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1478: Short To Battery In RAP Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Retained Accessory Power
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Description and Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
  • Starter
    • Starting System
      • Identification
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Starter
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • Notes
        • Powertrain Control Module (Pcm)
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Notes
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Using Scan Tool
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Notes
          • Using Scan Tool
          • Disconnecting Battery
          • Warm-Up Cycles
        • Diagnostic System Check (Engine Electrical)
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC P0560: Pcm Detects A System Voltage Out Of Range For 2 Seconds
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Testing
        • DTC P0620: Pcm Detects That The PWM Signal On The Generator Field Duty Cycle Signal Circuit Is Not Within The Expected Range
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Testing
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Test B: Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Test C: Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Test D: Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Testing
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Starter
          • Removal (3.1L & 3.8L)
      • Overhaul
      • Starter Specifications
      • Torque Specifications
      • Connector Identification
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • ABS Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (1 of 2)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (2 of 2)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
      • Air Bag Restraint System Connector End Views
        • SDM Connector End View
        • Driver - Side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Passenger - Side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Side Impact Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
      • Automatic Transaxle Connector End Views (4T65-E)
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (3.1L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (3.1L - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (3.1L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (3.1L - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (3.8L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (3.8L - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (3.8L - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (3.8L - 2 Of 2)
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • TCC Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transaxle In-Line Harness 20-Way Connector End View
        • Transaxle Range Switch C1 Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transaxle Range Switch C2 Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Harness Side)
      • Body Control Module Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4 Connector End View
      • Body Rear End Connector End Views
        • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Lock Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Relay Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Occupant Sensor Connector End View
      • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
        • Vehicle Communications Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communications Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling System Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Release Switch Connector End View
      • Electric Cooling Fans Connector End Views
        • Left Electric Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Right Electric Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (3.1L)
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor "A" Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor "B" Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Connector End View (Malibu)
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Malibu)
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Malibu)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Malibu)
        • Fuel Injectors Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View (Malibu)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Malibu)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Malibu)
        • Idle Air Control Valve Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module C1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module C2 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix)
        • Ignition Control Module C2 Connector End View (Malibu)
        • Ignition Control Module C3 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Ignition Control Module C3 Connector End View (Malibu)
        • Intake Air Temperature Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View (Century & Malibu Only)
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Connector End View (Century)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix & Malibu)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Century & Grand Prix - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Malibu - 1 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Malibu - 2 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Malibu - 3 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Malibu - 1 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Malibu - 2 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Malibu - 3 Of 3)
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Connector End View (Grand Prix Only)
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay Connector End View (Grand Prix Only)
        • Throttle Position Sensor Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (3.8L)
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View (Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • CKP Sensor Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Data Link Connector End View (Regal)
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville, Impala, Monte Carlo, LeSabre, Regal W/O Supercharger & Park Avenue)
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View (Regal With Supercharger)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (Regal)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Grand Prix & Regal)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Le Sabre & Park Avenue)
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View (Regal)
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View (Regal)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View (Regal)
        • IAC Valve Connector End View
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View (Gran Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • ICM Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • ICM Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • ICM Connector End View (Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • ICM Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • ICM Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster C1 Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster C2 Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster C1 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster C2 Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster C1 Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster C2 Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Regal)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (Grand Prix & Regal)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • MAP Sensor With Supercharger Connector End View (Grand Prix, Regal)
        • MAP Sensor W/O Supercharger Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo, Regal & Park Avenue)
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • MAP Sensor With Supercharger Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Grand Prix - 1 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Grand Prix - 2 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Grand Prix - 3 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Grand Prix - 1 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Grand Prix - 2 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Grand Prix - 3 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Park Avenue - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Park Avenue - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Park Avenue - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Park Avenue - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Regal - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (Regal - 2 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Regal - 1 Of 2)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (Regal - 2 Of 2)
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Bonneville & LeSabre)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Grand Prix)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (Grand Prix & Regal)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • TPS Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • TPS Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • TPS Connector End View (LeSabre)
        • TPS Connector End View (Park Avenue)
        • VSS Connector End View (Bonneville)
        • VSS Connector End View (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • VSS Connector End View (LeSabre & Park Avenue)
      • Data Link Communications Connector End Views
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack (SP205) Connector End View
      • Entertainment Connector End Views
        • Radio Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Radio Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier (U85 - Speaker System 8, Quad Front Door Mounted) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier (U85 - Speaker System 8, Quad Front Door Mounted) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door Midrange Connector End View
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door Tweeter (U85 - Speaker System 8, Quad Front Door Mounted)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (U85 - Speaker System 8, Quad Front Door Mounted)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR (UQ3, Performanced Enhanced Audio Speakers)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door Midrange
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door Tweeter (U85 - Speaker System 8, Quad Front Door Mounted)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (U85 - Speaker System 8, Quad Front Door Mounted)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR (UQ3, Performanced Enhanced Audio Speakers)
      • Horns Connector End Views
        • Horn Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Automatic)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Outside
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View (1 of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View (2 of 2)
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
        • Vacuum Control Assembly Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Manual)
        • A/C Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Left Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Right Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View (C1)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View (C2)
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (L36/L67)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (LG8)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
      • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Relay Connector End View (Regal)
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View (LF)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View (RF)
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Assembly (Left) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Assembly (Left) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Assembly (Right) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Assembly (Right) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Relay Connector End View
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp/Switch Connector End View
        • Park Lamp Relay Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Roof Rail Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View (Left)
        • Roof Rail Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View (Right)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View, C1
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View, C2
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right
      • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Front Passenger C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - LR C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - RR C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Front Passenger, C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - LR, C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - RR, C1
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View - Driver, C1
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View - Driver, C2
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR (1 Of 2)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR (2 Of 2)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (1 Of 2)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (2 Of 2)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR (1 Of 2)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR (2 Of 2)
      • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Limit Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View (Express Open), C1
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View (Express Open), C2
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
      • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Back Element Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Back Element Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Heated Seat Cushion Cover Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Cushion Cover Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Connector End Views
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Relay Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Driver Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
      • Shift Interlock System Connector End Views
        • Shift Lock Solenoid Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (C1)
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (C2)
        • Shift Lock Control Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View (C1)
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View (C2)
      • Starting System Connector End Views
        • Starter Electrical Connector End View
      • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • Inside Rear View Mirror Connector End View (w/UE1)
        • Rear Window Defogger Relay Connector End View
      • Steering Controls Connector End Views
        • Magnasteer Actuator Connector End View
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transaxle Control (BTSI) Connector End View
        • Electric Park Lock Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Computer
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Engine Performance
        • 3.1L
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlocks
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 3.1L
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Where To Find Electrical Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Front Probe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting With A Digital MULTIMETER
        • Troubleshooting With A Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing For Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing For Short To Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing For A Short To Voltage
        • Testing For Intermittent And Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing For Electrical INTERMITTENTS
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted Or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing In-Line Harness Diodes
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (Ho2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Sir/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push To Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull To Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within An Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached To Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • UNDERHOOD Electrical Center Or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center Or Junction Block Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools And Equipment
• Engine Mechanical
  • Auxiliary Emission Control Systems
    • Emission Control System Visual Inspection Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Emission Control Labels
      • Emission Control Visual Inspection
        • Notes
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV)
        • Thermostatic Air Cleaner (TAC)
        • Fuel Evaporative System (EVAP)
        • Catalytic Converters
          • Oxidation Catalyst (OC)
          • Three-Way Catalyst (TWC)
          • Three-Way Catalyst + Oxidation Catalyst (TWC + OC)
        • Fill Pipe RESTRICTOR (Fr)
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION (EGR) System
          • Single Diaphragm EGR Valve
          • Dual Diaphragm EGR Valve
          • Positive Backpressure EGR (BP/EGR) Valve
          • Negative Backpressure EGR (BP/EGR) Valve
          • Digital EGR Valve
          • Integrated Electronic EGR Valve
        • Spark Controls (SPK)
        • Air Injection System (AIS)
          • Air Pump Injection System (AP)
          • Pulsed Secondary Air Injection (PAIR) System
        • Oxygen Sensor (O2)
        • Computerized Engine Controls (CEC)
        • Early Fuel Evaporation (EFE)
        • Emission Maintenance Reminder Light (EMR) (If Equipped)
        • Malfunction Indicator Light (Mil)
  • Cooling Fan
    • Electric Cooling Fans
      • Identification
      • Description & Operation
        • Electric Cooling Fan Control
          • 3.1L (Lg8) & 3.8L (L36 & L67)
      • Component Location
      • Programming
        • Notes
        • Powertrain Control Module (Pcm)
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Notes
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Using Scan Tool
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Notes
          • Using Scan Tool
          • Disconnecting Battery
          • Warm-Up Cycles
        • Diagnostic System Check (Engine Cooling)
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • DTC P0480: Improper Voltage Level Detected On Low Speed Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Testing
        • DTC P0481: Improper Voltage Level Detected On High Speed Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Testing
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Cooling Fan Always On
        • Test B: Cooling Fan Inoperative
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Cooling Fan (Electric)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Cooling Fan Motor (Electric)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Relay Electrical Center
          • Removal & Installation
      • Torque Specifications
      • Connector Identification
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics (Cooling Fans)
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Cooling
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P0480: Improper Voltage Level From Low Speed Cooling Fan
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0481: Improper Voltage Level From High Speed Cooling Fan
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Coolant Indicator Always On
        • Cooling Fan Always On
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Tempilsticks
          • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Glycol
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining And Filling Cooling System
          • Notes
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Flushing
          • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Coolant Level Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Recovery Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (3.1L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (3.8L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (3.1L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (3.8L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Replacement - Electric
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Motor Replacement - Electric
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (3.1L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (3.8L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Bypass Pipes Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (3.1L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drain Cock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Shroud Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle and Deflector Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle and Deflector Replacement - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (3.1L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (3.1 L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control 3.1L (LG8)
          • Cooling Fan Control 3.8L (L36)
          • Engine Coolant Indicator(s)
            • Low Coolant Level
            • Temp
          • Coolant Level Control
          • Coolant Heater
          • Cooling System
          • Cooling Cycle
          • Coolant
          • Radiator
          • Pressure Cap
          • Coolant Recovery System
          • Air Baffles and Seals
          • Water Pump
          • Thermostat
          • Engine Oil Cooler
          • Transmission Oil Cooler
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics (Cooling Fans)
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Cooling
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P0480: Improper Voltage Level From Low Speed Cooling Fan
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0481: Improper Voltage Level From High Speed Cooling Fan
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Coolant Indicator Always On
        • Cooling Fan Always On
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Tempilsticks
          • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Glycol
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining And Filling Cooling System
          • Notes
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Flushing
          • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Coolant Level Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Recovery Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (3.1L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (3.8L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (3.1L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (3.8L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Replacement - Electric
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Motor Replacement - Electric
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (3.1L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (3.8L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Bypass Pipes Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (3.1L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drain Cock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Shroud Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle and Deflector Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle and Deflector Replacement - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (3.1L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (3.1 L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control 3.1L (LG8)
          • Cooling Fan Control 3.8L (L36)
          • Engine Coolant Indicator(s)
            • Low Coolant Level
            • Temp
          • Coolant Level Control
          • Coolant Heater
          • Cooling System
          • Cooling Cycle
          • Coolant
          • Radiator
          • Pressure Cap
          • Coolant Recovery System
          • Air Baffles and Seals
          • Water Pump
          • Thermostat
          • Engine Oil Cooler
          • Transmission Oil Cooler
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Engine Cooling System Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Model Identification
      • Belt Adjustment
      • Serpentine Belt Routing & Alignment
        • Notes
        • 1.8L Prizm
        • 1.9L Saturn
        • 2.0L Tracker
        • 2.2L (L61) Alero, Cavalier & Grand Am
        • 2.2L (LN2) Cavalier & Sunfire
        • 2.2L "S" Pickup
        • 2.2L Sonoma
        • 2.4L Cavalier & Sunfire
        • 2.5L Tracker
        • 3.1L Century & Grand Prix, & 3.4L Impala & Monte Carlo
        • 3.1L Malibu & 3.4L Alero, Aztek, Grand Am, Malibu, Montana, Rendezvous, Silouhette & Venture
        • 3.5L Aurora & Intrigue
        • 3.8L Bonneville, Grand Prix, Impala, LeSabre, Monte Carlo, Park Avenue & Regal
        • 3.8L Camaro & Firebird
        • 4.0L Aurora & 4.6L Deville, Eldorado & Seville
        • 4.2L Bravada, Envoy & Trail Blazer
        • 4.3L, 5.0L & 5.7L Trucks - All Models
        • 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L Trucks - All Models
        • 5.7L Camaro & Firebird
        • 5.7L Corvette
        • 6.5L Turbo-Diesel Express & Savana
        • 6.6L Turbo-Diesel Sierra & Silverado
        • 8.1L Express & Savana
        • 8.1L Sierra, Silverado, Suburban & Yukon XL
      • Specifications
        • Cooling System Specifications
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left (3.1 L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left (3.8L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right (3.1 L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right (3.8L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Crossover Pipe Replacement (3.1L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Crossover Pipe Replacement (3.8L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Seal Replacement (3.1 L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Seal Replacement (3.8L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (3.1 L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (3.8L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Hanger Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Hanger Mounting Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Converter Hanger Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Mechanical
    • Engine Mechanical - 3.1L V6 - VIN (J) (On-Vehicle)
      • Torque Specifications
      • Engine Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Crankshaft, Main Bearings & Connecting Rod Bearings Specifications
        • Connecting Rods Specifications
        • Pistons, Piston Pins & Piston Rings Specifications
        • Cylinder Block Specifications
        • Camshaft Specifications
        • Engine Valves & Valve Springs Specifications
        • Cylinder Head Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
        • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Base Engine Misfire Without Internal Engine Noises
        • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
        • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
        • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
        • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
        • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
        • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
        • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
        • Engine Noise Under Load
        • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
        • Engine Compression Test
        • Cylinder Leakage Test
          • Testing Procedure
        • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
        • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
          • Low or No Oil Pressure
          • Oil Pressure Testing
        • Oil Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Locating and Identifying the Leak
          • Visual Inspection Method
          • Powder Method
          • Black Light and Dye Method
          • Possible Causes for Leaks
        • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
        • Drive Belt Chirping Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Squeal Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Whine Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Rumbling Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Vibration Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Falls Off Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Excessive Wear Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Drive Belt Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Inspection
        • Engine Support Fixture
        • Engine Mount Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Bracket Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Bracket Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Bracket Replacement - Upper Radiator Support
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Right
          • Remove Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Lifter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Drive Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Left
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Right
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Rear Bearing Hole Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Crankcase Ventilation System Description
          • General Description
          • Operation
        • Drive Belt System Description
        • Rotating the Engine for Service Access
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Engine Mechanical - 3.1L V6 - VIN (J) Unit Repair
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Engine Mechanical Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Engine Identification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining Fluids and Oil Filter Removal
        • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
        • Engine Flywheel Removal
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Removal (N Car)
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Removal (W Car)
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Removal
        • Oil Cooler Removal
        • Oil Filter Adapter Removal
        • Air Injection Check Valve Removal
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Left
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Right
        • Engine Lift Bracket and Generator Bracket Removal (N Car)
        • Engine Lift Bracket and Generator Bracket Removal (W Car)
        • Engine Mount Support and Strut Bracket Removal (N Car)
        • Engine Lift Bracket Removal - Rear (N Car)
        • Water Outlet Removal
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Left
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Right
        • Intake Manifold Removal - Upper
        • Intake Manifold Removal - Lower
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Removal
        • Valve Lifter Removal
        • Water Pump Removal
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Left
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Right
        • Oil Pan Removal
        • Oil Pump Removal
        • Oil Pump Drive Removal
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Removal
        • Engine Front Cover Removal (N Car)
        • Engine Front Cover Removal (W Car)
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Removal
        • Camshaft Removal
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Removal
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Removal
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Removal
        • Camshaft Bearing Removal
        • Engine Block Disassemble
        • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Boring and Honing
          • Boring Procedure
          • Honing Procedures
        • Engine Block Assemble
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Bearing Selection
            • Notes
            • Method A
            • Method B
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Flywheel Cleaning and Inspection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Disassemble
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemble
        • Camshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Lifters Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rods Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Disassemble
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Guide Reaming/Valve and Seat Grinding
        • Cylinder Head Assemble
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pump Assemble
        • Engine Front Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection - Lower
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection - Upper
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Water Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Thread Repair
        • Service Prior to Assembly
        • Camshaft Bearing Installation
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Installation
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Installation
        • Engine Front Cover Installation (N Car)
        • Engine Front Cover Installation (W Car)
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
        • Oil Pump Drive Installation
        • Oil Pump Installation
        • Oil Pan Installation
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Left
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Right
        • Water Pump Installation
        • Valve Lifter Installation
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Installation
        • Intake Manifold Installation - Lower
        • Intake Manifold Installation - Upper
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Left
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Right
        • Water Outlet Installation
        • Engine Lift Bracket Installation - Rear
        • Engine Mount Support and Strut Bracket Installation (N Car)
        • Engine Lift Bracket and Generator Bracket Installation (N Car)
        • Engine Lift Bracket and Generator Bracket Installation (W Car)
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Left
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Right
        • Air Injection Check Valve Installation
        • Oil Filter Adapter Installation
        • Oil Cooler Installation
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Installation
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Installation (N Car)
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Installation (W Car)
        • Engine Flywheel Installation
        • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Engine Component Description
        • New Product Information
        • Lubrication Description
        • Cleanliness and Care
        • Replacing Engine Gaskets
        • Use of RTV and Anaerobic Sealer
          • Notes
          • Applying RTV Sealer
          • Applying Anaerobic Sealer
        • Separating Parts
        • Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Starter
    • Starting System
      • Identification
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Starter
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • Notes
        • Powertrain Control Module (Pcm)
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Notes
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Using Scan Tool
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Notes
          • Using Scan Tool
          • Disconnecting Battery
          • Warm-Up Cycles
        • Diagnostic System Check (Engine Electrical)
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC P0560: Pcm Detects A System Voltage Out Of Range For 2 Seconds
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Testing
        • DTC P0620: Pcm Detects That The PWM Signal On The Generator Field Duty Cycle Signal Circuit Is Not Within The Expected Range
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Testing
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Test B: Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Test C: Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Test D: Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Testing
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Starter
          • Removal (3.1L & 3.8L)
      • Overhaul
      • Starter Specifications
      • Torque Specifications
      • Connector Identification
      • Wiring Diagrams
• Engine Performance
  • Engine Adjustments
    • Engine Mechanical
    • Valve Clearance
    • Ignition Timing
    • Idle Speed & Mixture
      • Notes
      • Idle Speed (4-Cylinder)
        • 1.9L (SC1, SC2, SL, SL1 & SL2)
        • 2.2L (L100, L200 & LW200)
        • 2.2L (Alero, Cavalier, Grand Am & Sunfire) & 2.4L (Cavalier & Sunfire)
      • Idle Speed (V6)
        • Notes
        • 3.0L (L300 & LW300)
        • 3.1L (Century, Malibu & Grand Prix), 3.4L (Alero & Grand Am) & 3.8L (Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • 3.4L (Impala & Monte Carlo) & 3.8L (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
        • 3.5L (Aurora & Intrigue)
      • Idle Speed (V8)
        • Notes
        • 4.0L (Aurora) & 4.6L (DeVille, Eldorado & Seville)
      • Throttle Position Sensor
        • Notes
        • Throttle Position Sensor Learn (4.6L)
  • Application
    • Engine/VIN Breakdown
      • Engine/VIN Breakdown
        • Notes
        • Model/Year VIN Code Applications
        • Engine Code Location
  • Emissions
    • EGR Function Testing - General Motors Cars
      • EGR Function Testing - General Motors Cars
        • Test 1
          • Ported EGR Valve
        • Test 2
          • Negative Backpressure EGR Valve
        • Test 3
          • Positive Backpressure EGR Valve
        • Test 4
          • 1983-84 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 5
          • 1985 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 6
          • 1986 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 7
          • 1987 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 8
          • 1988 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 9
          • Notes
          • 1988-1992 3.1L, 3.4L & 3.8L (Digital EGR Valve)
        • Test 10
          • 1990-91 - 2.3L "W" Body VIN D (Digital EGR Valve)
        • Test 11
          • 1988 2.8L "W" Body (Integrated Electronic EGR Valve)
        • Test 12
          • Integrated Electronic EGR Valve
        • Test 13
          • 4.5L
          • 4.6L
        • Test 14
          • 3.1L, 3.4L & 3.8L (Digital EGR Valve)
        • Test 15
          • Linear EGR Valve
        • Test 16
          • Metro
        • Test 17
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Mode 6 - BUICK
    • Introduction
    • Class 2
    • GMLAN (Can) Except 3.6L
    • Allure, Lacrosse & Rendezvous 3.6L
      • 2004 3.6L
      • 2005 3.6L
      • 2006 3.6L
      • 2007-08 3.6L
  • Pin Voltage Charts
    • Engine Control System - PID Value Charts - Cars
      • Introduction
      • PID Values
        • Notes
        • Scan Tool Data List Definitions
          • Engine Data 1
          • Engine Data 2
          • EGR Data
          • EVAP Data
          • Fuel Trim Data
          • Misfire Data
          • Output Driver Data
        • PID Value Tables
          • Notes
          • PID Values (Alero & Grand Am - 2.2L, Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • PID Values (Alero & Grand Am - 3.4L)
          • PID Values (Aurora & Intrigue - 3.5L)
          • PID Values (Aurora - 4.0L)
          • PID Values (Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • PID Values (Camaro & Firebird - 3.8L)
          • PID Values (Camaro & Firebird - 5.7L)
          • PID Values (Century & Grand Prix - 3.1L)
          • PID Values (Corvette)
          • PID Values (DeVille, Eldorado & Seville)
          • PID Values (Grand Prix - 3.8L)
          • PID Values (Impala & Monte Carlo - 3.4L)
          • PID Values (Impala & Regal - 3.8L)
          • PID Values (Malibu)
          • PID Values (Prizm)
          • Engine Control System - PID Value Charts - Cars
          • PID Values (Saturn "L" Series - 2.2L)
          • PID Values (Saturn "L" Series - 3.0L)
          • PID Values (Saturn "S" Series)
  • Remove, Overhaul & Install
    • Engine Controls - Removal & Installation, Overhaul
      • Introduction
      • Air Induction Systems
        • Air Cleaner Assembly
          • Removal Procedure (3.1L)
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure (3.8L)
        • Air Cleaner Intake Duct
          • Removal Procedure (3.1L)
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure (3.8L)
        • Supercharger
          • Notes
          • Removal (3.8L - VIN 1)
          • Installation
        • Boost Control Solenoid
          • Removal & Installation (3.8L - VIN 1)
        • Bypass Valve Actuator
          • Removal & Installation (3.8L - VIN 1)
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Engine Sensors & Switches
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.8L)
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
          • Removal & Installation (3.1L)
          • Removal & Installation (3.4L & 3.8L)
        • Knock Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
          • Removal (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.8L - VIN K)
          • Removal (3.8L - VIN 1)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor
          • Removal (3.1L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.4L)
        • Engine Controls - Removal & Installation, Overhaul
          • Removal (3.8L)
          • Installation
        • Throttle Position Sensor
          • Removal (3.1L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.4L)
          • Removal (3.8L)
      • Cooling System
        • Cooling System Bleeding
      • Ignition Systems
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
          • Removal (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.8L)
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Removal (3.1L & 3.4L - CKP Sensor "A")
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.1L - CKP Sensor "B")
          • Removal (3.8L)
        • Ignition Coils
          • Removal & Installation
        • Ignition Control Module
          • Removal & Installation
        • Knock Sensor
          • Removal (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Installation
          • Removal & Installation (3.8L)
        • Spark Plugs
          • Removal (3.1L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.4L & 3.8L)
      • Fuel Systems
        • Notes
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
        • Fuel Line Disconnect Fittings
          • Removal (Quick-Connect Fitting - With Metal Collar)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Quick-Connect Fitting - With Plastic Collar)
        • Fuel Filler Tube
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Filter
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Removal (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.8L)
        • Fuel Pump
          • Removal & Installation
        • Fuel Rail & Injectors
          • Notes
          • Removal (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.8L - VIN K)
          • Removal (3.8L - VIN 1)
        • Fuel Sender Access Panel
          • Removal (Century, Grand Prix & Regal)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Tank
          • Notes
          • Removal (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.8L)
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Idle Air Control Valve
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Throttle Body
          • Notes
          • Removal (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.8L - VIN K)
          • Removal (3.8L - VIN 1)
        • Throttle Body Cleaning Procedure
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems
        • EGR System Cleaning
        • EGR Valve
          • Notes
          • Removal (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.8L)
        • EGR Valve Pipe
          • Removal & Installation (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Removal (3.8L - Inlet Pipe)
          • Installation
          • Removal & Installation (3.8L - Outlet Pipe)
        • EVAP Canister
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid
          • Notes
          • Removal (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.8L)
        • EVAP Canister Vent Valve
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • EVAP System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump
          • Removal (3.8L - Grand Prix & Regal)
          • Installation
          • Removal (3.8L - Impala & Monte Carlo)
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Outlet Pipe/Hose
          • Removal (3.8L)
          • Installation
        • Secondary Air Injection Shut-Off Valve
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (3.8L)
        • Secondary Air Injection Vacuum Control Solenoid
          • Removal & Installation (3.8L)
      • Miscellaneous
        • Left Front Fender Liner
          • Removal (3.8L - Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
  • Engine Control System - Sensor Range Charts
    • Introduction
  • Specifications
    • Engine Control System - Service & Adjustment Specifications
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Capacities
        • Engine Oil Capacity
        • Cooling System Fluid Capacity
        • Automatic Transaxle/Transmission Fluid Capacity
        • Manual Transaxle/Transmission Fluid Capacity
        • Differential Fluid Capacity
      • Quick-Service
        • Service Intervals & Specifications
      • Mechanical Checks
        • Engine Compression
        • Valve Clearance
      • Ignition System
        • High Tension Wire Resistance
        • Spark Plugs
        • Firing Order
          • Notes
          • Firing Order (1.8L, 1.9L, 2.2L & 2.4L)
          • Firing Order (3.0L & 3.5L)
          • Firing Order (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Firing Order (3.8L - Except "F" Body)
          • Firing Order (3.8L - "F" Body)
          • Firing Order (4.0L & 4.6L)
          • Firing Order (5.7L)
        • Ignition Timing
      • Fuel System
        • Fuel Pump
        • Injector Resistance
        • Idle Speed & Mixture
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Control System - Basic Diagnostic Procedures
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection & Adjustments
        • Visual Inspection
        • Mechanical Inspection
          • Compression
          • Exhaust System Backpressure
          • Diagnosis
      • No-Start Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (1.9L)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • No RPM Detected Diagnosis
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel Delivery Diagnosis
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (2.2L & 2.4L - ALERO, Cavalier, Grand Am & SUNFIRE)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit
          • Fuel System Diagnosis
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (2.2L - SATURN)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • No RPM Detected Diagnosis
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel Delivery Diagnosis
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.0L - SATURN)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel Delivery System
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection (3.1L Century & Malibu)
          • General Inspection (3.1L Grand Prix; 3.4L Alero & Grand Am)
          • General Inspection (3.4L Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (3.1L Grand Prix; 3.4L Impala & Monte Carlo Only)
          • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis (3.1L Century & Grand Prix; 3.4L Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis (3.1L Malibu; 3.4L Alero & Grand Am)
          • Fuel System Diagnosis (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Ignition System Diagnosis (3.1L & 3.4L)
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.5L & 4.0L Aurora)
          • General Inspection
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.5L - Intrigue)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • Ignition Relay Diagnosis
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Fuel System Diagnosis
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.8L)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection (VIN K - Camaro & Firebird)
          • General Inspection (VIN K & 1 - Grand Prix)
          • General Inspection (VIN K - Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • General Inspection (VIN K - Park Avenue)
          • General Inspection (VIN K - LeSabre; VIN 1 - Bonneville & Park Avenue)
          • General Inspection (VIN K & 1 - Regal)
          • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (VIN K - Camaro, Firebird, Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (VIN K & 1 - Grand Prix)
          • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (VIN K & 1 - Regal)
          • Ignition System Diagnosis (All Models)
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit (VIN K - Grand Prix)
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit (Except VIN K - Grand Prix)
          • Fuel System Diagnosis (All Models)
          • Fuel Injector Circuit (VIN K - Camaro, Firebird, Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (VIN K & 1 - Bonneville, Grand Prix, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (VIN K & 1 - Regal)
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (4.6L)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (5.7L)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • Ignition System Diagnosis ("F" Body)
          • Ignition System Diagnosis ("Y" Body)
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit ("F" Body)
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit ("Y" Body)
      • Basic Fuel System Checks
        • Notes
        • Fuel System Pressure Relief (Except SATURN)
        • Fuel System Pressure Relief (SATURN)
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (Except Aurora & SATURN)
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (Aurora)
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (SATURN)
      • Basic Ignition System Checks
        • Notes
        • Dis (1.9L, 2.2L, 3.0L, 3.1L, 3.4L, 3.5L & 5.7L)
          • Spark
          • Ignition Coil Power Source
          • Ignition Coil Resistance (Except 1.9L)
          • Ignition Coil Resistance (1.9L)
          • Ignition Relay Circuit (5.7L - "F" Body)
          • Ignition Relay Circuit (5.7L - "Y" Body)
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Output Signal
          • Tach Pulse (RPM) Signal
        • IDI (2.4L)
          • Spark
          • Ignition Coil Power Source
          • Ignition Coil Resistance
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Short & Resistance Checks
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Output Signal
          • Tach Pulse (RPM) Signal
        • C I (3.8L)
          • Spark
          • Ignition Coil Power Source
          • Ignition Coil Resistance
          • Tach Pulse (RPM) Signal
      • Idle Speed & Ignition Timing
      • Summary
    • Engine Control System Self-Diagnostics - 3.1L Engine
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Diagnostic Starting Point
        • On-Board Diagnostics
          • Notes
          • Code Types
          • Freeze Frame/Failure Records
          • Monitors
        • Intermittent Conditions
          • Notes
          • Preliminary
          • Harness or Connector Intermittents
          • Electrical Connections or Wiring
          • Control Module Power & Grounds, & Component Power & Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect PCM Programming
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
          • Scan Tool Snapshot
          • Vehicle Data Recorder
        • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool
          • Disconnect Battery
          • Warm-up Cycles
        • Scan Tool Usage
        • Pcm Location
      • Programming
        • Notes
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Oil Life Reset
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Remote Programming
          • Off-Board Programming
        • Theft Deterrent Password Learn Procedure
          • Notes
          • 10-Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Learn Procedure
      • Inspection/Maintenance Procedures
        • Drive Cycles
        • Inspection/Maintenance System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions For Updating I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test (Cold Start)
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance System DTCS
          • Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance EGR System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance EVAP System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor (Ho2S/O2S) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor (Ho2S) Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Summary
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Component Locations
      • Connector Identification
      • System Tests
        • Mil Inoperative
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mil On Steady
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC P0030: Ho2S Heater Control Circuit (Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0101: MAF Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0102: MAF Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0103: MAF Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0107: Map Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0108: Map Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0112: IAT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0113: IAT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0116: ECT Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0117: ECT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0118: ECT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0121: TP Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0122: TP Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0123: TP Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0125: ECT Excessive Time To Enter Closed Loop
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0128: Engine Coolant Thermostat
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0130: Ho2S Circuit (Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0131: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage (Bank 1; Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0132: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0133: Ho2S Slow Response
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0134: Ho2S Circuit Insufficient Activity
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0135: Ho2S Heater Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0137: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0138: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0140: Ho2S Circuit Insufficient Activity (Bank 1; Sensor 2)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0141: Ho2S Heater Performance (Bank 1; Sensor 2)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0171: Lean Fuel Trim System (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0172: Rich Fuel Trim System (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0201-P0206: Injector Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0230: Fuel Pump Primary Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0300-P0306: Engine Misfire Detected
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0325: Knock Sensor Module Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0327: KS Circuit - Low Voltage (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0336: CKP Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0341: CMP Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0401: EGR System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0403: EGR Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0404: EGR System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0405: EGR Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0420: TWC System Low Efficiency (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0440: EVAP System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0442: EVAP System - Leak Detected
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0443: EVAP Purge Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0446: EVAP Canister Vent Blocked
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0449: EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0452: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0453: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0506: Idle Speed - Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0507: Idle Speed - High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681 Or P1683: Control Module Read Only Memory
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0650: Mil Control Circuit (Century & Grand PRIX)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0650: Mil Control Circuit (MALIBU)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1106: Map Sensor Circuit Intermittent High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1107: Map Sensor Circuit Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1111: IAT Sensor Circuit Intermittent High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1112: IAT Sensor Circuit Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1114: ECT Sensor Circuit Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1115: ECT Sensor Circuit Intermittent High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1121: TP Sensor Circuit Intermittent High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1122: TP Sensor Circuit Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1133: Ho2S Insufficient Switching (Bank 1; Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1134: Ho2S Transition Time Ratio (Bank 1; Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1336: Crankshaft Position System Variation Not Learned
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1351: Ic Circuit High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1352: Ic Output High/Pulse Detected When GND_CYL. 2
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1361: Ic Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1362: Ic Cylinder No. 2 Not Toggling After Enable
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1374: 3X Reference Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1380: EBTCM DTC Detected Rough Road Data Unusable
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1381: Misfire Detected No EBTCM/Pcm Serial Data
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1404: EGR System (Valve No. 2)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1441: EVAP System Flow During Non-Purge
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1635: 5-Volt Reference Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1639: 5-Volt Reference 2 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1640: Driver 1 Input - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1650: Driver 2 Input - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1660: Cooling Fans Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1670: Output Driver Module No. 4
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Control System Testing & Engine Component Testing
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Air Induction Systems
        • Notes
        • Boost Control System (BONNEVILLE, Grand PRIX, Park Avenue & Regal)
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Notes
        • Pcm Power & Ground Check
          • Notes
          • Ground Circuits
          • Power Circuits
          • PCM Harness Resistance
      • Engine Sensors & Switches
        • Notes
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (3.5L & 3.8L)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Park Neutral Position Switch
      • Motors, Relays & Solenoids
        • Notes
        • Idle Air Control Motor
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay
        • Fuel Pump Relay
      • Fuel Systems (Gasoline)
        • Notes
        • Fuel Delivery
          • Notes
          • Fuel Pump Circuit
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test (Except SATURN)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test (SATURN)
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (Except SATURN)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Injector Leak Test (1.9L)
        • Injector Leak Test (2.2L SATURN)
        • Injector Leak Test (3.0L)
        • Fuel Pump Relay
      • Fuel Systems (2.2L - Cavalier CNG)
        • Notes
        • Fuel Lock-Off Relay Diagnosis
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel Pump Relay Diagnosis
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Unwanted Switch To Gasoline
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Idle Control Systems
        • Notes
        • Idle Air Control System (2.2L, 2.4L, 3.1L, 3.4L, 3.5L, 3.8L, 4.0L & 4.6L)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Ignition Systems
        • Notes
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (2.2L - Cavalier - CNG)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Emission Systems & Subsystems
        • Notes
        • Air Injection
          • Electric AIR Pump
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION
          • Notes
          • Exhaust System Check (Except Saturn)
          • Exhaust System Check - Parked (Saturn)
          • Exhaust System Check - Road Test (Saturn)
        • Fuel Evaporation
          • Notes
          • EVAP Control System Diagnosis
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation
          • Required Service
          • Checking PCV Valve Function
      • Miscellaneous Controls
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Controls
        • Electric Cooling Fan
        • Transmission
      • Component Locations
        • Notes
        • Component Locations (2.2L VIN 4 & VIN F, & 2.4L VIN T - Cavalier & SUNFIRE - Gasoline)
        • Component Locations (2.2L VIN 4 - Cavalier - CNG)
        • Component Locations (2.2L VIN F - ALERO & Grand Am)
        • Component Locations (3.1L VIN J - Century)
        • Component Locations (3.1L VIN J - MALIBU)
        • Component Locations (3.1L VIN J - Grand PRIX)
        • Component Locations (3.4L VIN E - ALERO & Grand Am)
        • Component Locations (3.4L VIN E - Impala & Monte CARLO)
        • Component Locations (3.5L VIN H - Aurora)
        • Component Locations (3.5L VIN H - Intrigue)
        • Component Locations (3.8L VIN K & 1 - BONNEVILLE & LESABRE)
        • Component Locations (3.8L VIN K - CAMARO & Firebird)
        • Component Locations (3.8L VIN K & 1 - Grand PRIX)
        • Component Locations (3.8L VIN K - Impala & Monte CARLO)
        • Component Locations (3.8L VIN K & 1 - Park Avenue)
        • Component Locations (3.8L VIN K & 1 - Regal)
        • Component Locations (4.0L VIN C - Aurora)
        • Component Locations (4.6L VIN Y & 9 - DEVILLE, ELDORADO & SEVILLE)
        • Component Locations (5.7L VIN G - CAMARO & Firebird)
        • Component Locations (5.7L VIN G - Corvette)
        • Engine Component Locations (1.9L VIN 7 & 8 - SATURN)
        • Engine Component Locations (2.2L VIN F - SATURN)
        • Engine Component Locations (3.0L VIN R - SATURN)
        • Transmission Component Locations (1.9L VIN 7 & 8 - SATURN A/T)
        • Transmission Component Locations (1.9L VIN 7 & 8 - SATURN M/T)
    • Engine Control System Troubleshooting - No Codes
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection
      • Symptoms
        • Notes
        • Symptom Diagnosis
        • Cuts Out, Misses
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Engine Backfires
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Engine Dieseling/Run-On
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Hard Start
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Hesitation, Sag Or Stumble
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Lack Of Power, Sluggish Or Spongy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Poor Fuel Economy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
          • Cause & Correction
        • Rough, Unstable Or Incorrect Idle & Stalling
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Vehicle Surges Or CHUGGLES
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
      • INTERMITTENTS
        • Notes
        • Preliminary
        • Harness Or Connector INTERMITTENTS
        • Electrical Connections Or Wiring
        • Control Module Power & Grounds, & Component Power & Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) & Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Pcm Programming
        • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Scan Tool Snapshot
        • Vehicle Data Recorder
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Control System - Basic Diagnostic Procedures
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection & Adjustments
        • Visual Inspection
        • Mechanical Inspection
          • Compression
          • Exhaust System Backpressure
          • Diagnosis
      • No-Start Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (1.9L)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • No RPM Detected Diagnosis
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel Delivery Diagnosis
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (2.2L & 2.4L - ALERO, Cavalier, Grand Am & SUNFIRE)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit
          • Fuel System Diagnosis
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (2.2L - SATURN)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • No RPM Detected Diagnosis
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel Delivery Diagnosis
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.0L - SATURN)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel Delivery System
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection (3.1L Century & Malibu)
          • General Inspection (3.1L Grand Prix; 3.4L Alero & Grand Am)
          • General Inspection (3.4L Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (3.1L Grand Prix; 3.4L Impala & Monte Carlo Only)
          • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis (3.1L Century & Grand Prix; 3.4L Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis (3.1L Malibu; 3.4L Alero & Grand Am)
          • Fuel System Diagnosis (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Ignition System Diagnosis (3.1L & 3.4L)
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.5L & 4.0L Aurora)
          • General Inspection
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.5L - Intrigue)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • Ignition Relay Diagnosis
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Fuel System Diagnosis
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.8L)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection (VIN K - Camaro & Firebird)
          • General Inspection (VIN K & 1 - Grand Prix)
          • General Inspection (VIN K - Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • General Inspection (VIN K - Park Avenue)
          • General Inspection (VIN K - LeSabre; VIN 1 - Bonneville & Park Avenue)
          • General Inspection (VIN K & 1 - Regal)
          • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (VIN K - Camaro, Firebird, Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (VIN K & 1 - Grand Prix)
          • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (VIN K & 1 - Regal)
          • Ignition System Diagnosis (All Models)
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit (VIN K - Grand Prix)
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit (Except VIN K - Grand Prix)
          • Fuel System Diagnosis (All Models)
          • Fuel Injector Circuit (VIN K - Camaro, Firebird, Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (VIN K & 1 - Bonneville, Grand Prix, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (VIN K & 1 - Regal)
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (4.6L)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit
        • No Start - Engine Cranks Okay (5.7L)
          • Notes
          • General Inspection
          • Ignition System Diagnosis ("F" Body)
          • Ignition System Diagnosis ("Y" Body)
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit ("F" Body)
          • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit ("Y" Body)
      • Basic Fuel System Checks
        • Notes
        • Fuel System Pressure Relief (Except SATURN)
        • Fuel System Pressure Relief (SATURN)
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (Except Aurora & SATURN)
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (Aurora)
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (SATURN)
      • Basic Ignition System Checks
        • Notes
        • Dis (1.9L, 2.2L, 3.0L, 3.1L, 3.4L, 3.5L & 5.7L)
          • Spark
          • Ignition Coil Power Source
          • Ignition Coil Resistance (Except 1.9L)
          • Ignition Coil Resistance (1.9L)
          • Ignition Relay Circuit (5.7L - "F" Body)
          • Ignition Relay Circuit (5.7L - "Y" Body)
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Output Signal
          • Tach Pulse (RPM) Signal
        • IDI (2.4L)
          • Spark
          • Ignition Coil Power Source
          • Ignition Coil Resistance
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Short & Resistance Checks
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Output Signal
          • Tach Pulse (RPM) Signal
        • C I (3.8L)
          • Spark
          • Ignition Coil Power Source
          • Ignition Coil Resistance
          • Tach Pulse (RPM) Signal
      • Idle Speed & Ignition Timing
      • Summary
    • Engine Control System Self-Diagnostics - 3.1L Engine
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Diagnostic Starting Point
        • On-Board Diagnostics
          • Notes
          • Code Types
          • Freeze Frame/Failure Records
          • Monitors
        • Intermittent Conditions
          • Notes
          • Preliminary
          • Harness or Connector Intermittents
          • Electrical Connections or Wiring
          • Control Module Power & Grounds, & Component Power & Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect PCM Programming
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
          • Scan Tool Snapshot
          • Vehicle Data Recorder
        • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool
          • Disconnect Battery
          • Warm-up Cycles
        • Scan Tool Usage
        • Pcm Location
      • Programming
        • Notes
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Oil Life Reset
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Remote Programming
          • Off-Board Programming
        • Theft Deterrent Password Learn Procedure
          • Notes
          • 10-Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Learn Procedure
      • Inspection/Maintenance Procedures
        • Drive Cycles
        • Inspection/Maintenance System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions For Updating I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test (Cold Start)
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance System DTCS
          • Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance EGR System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance EVAP System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor (Ho2S/O2S) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor (Ho2S) Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Summary
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Component Locations
      • Connector Identification
      • System Tests
        • Mil Inoperative
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mil On Steady
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC P0030: Ho2S Heater Control Circuit (Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0101: MAF Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0102: MAF Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0103: MAF Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0107: Map Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0108: Map Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0112: IAT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0113: IAT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0116: ECT Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0117: ECT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0118: ECT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0121: TP Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0122: TP Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0123: TP Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0125: ECT Excessive Time To Enter Closed Loop
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0128: Engine Coolant Thermostat
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0130: Ho2S Circuit (Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0131: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage (Bank 1; Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0132: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0133: Ho2S Slow Response
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0134: Ho2S Circuit Insufficient Activity
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0135: Ho2S Heater Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0137: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0138: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0140: Ho2S Circuit Insufficient Activity (Bank 1; Sensor 2)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0141: Ho2S Heater Performance (Bank 1; Sensor 2)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0171: Lean Fuel Trim System (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0172: Rich Fuel Trim System (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0201-P0206: Injector Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0230: Fuel Pump Primary Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0300-P0306: Engine Misfire Detected
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0325: Knock Sensor Module Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0327: KS Circuit - Low Voltage (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0336: CKP Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0341: CMP Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0401: EGR System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0403: EGR Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0404: EGR System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0405: EGR Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0420: TWC System Low Efficiency (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0440: EVAP System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0442: EVAP System - Leak Detected
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0443: EVAP Purge Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0446: EVAP Canister Vent Blocked
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0449: EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0452: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0453: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0506: Idle Speed - Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0507: Idle Speed - High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681 Or P1683: Control Module Read Only Memory
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0650: Mil Control Circuit (Century & Grand PRIX)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0650: Mil Control Circuit (MALIBU)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1106: Map Sensor Circuit Intermittent High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1107: Map Sensor Circuit Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1111: IAT Sensor Circuit Intermittent High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1112: IAT Sensor Circuit Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1114: ECT Sensor Circuit Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1115: ECT Sensor Circuit Intermittent High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1121: TP Sensor Circuit Intermittent High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1122: TP Sensor Circuit Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1133: Ho2S Insufficient Switching (Bank 1; Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1134: Ho2S Transition Time Ratio (Bank 1; Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1336: Crankshaft Position System Variation Not Learned
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1351: Ic Circuit High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1352: Ic Output High/Pulse Detected When GND_CYL. 2
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1361: Ic Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1362: Ic Cylinder No. 2 Not Toggling After Enable
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1374: 3X Reference Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1380: EBTCM DTC Detected Rough Road Data Unusable
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1381: Misfire Detected No EBTCM/Pcm Serial Data
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1404: EGR System (Valve No. 2)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1441: EVAP System Flow During Non-Purge
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1635: 5-Volt Reference Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1639: 5-Volt Reference 2 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1640: Driver 1 Input - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1650: Driver 2 Input - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1660: Cooling Fans Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1670: Output Driver Module No. 4
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Control System Testing & Engine Component Testing
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Air Induction Systems
        • Notes
        • Boost Control System (BONNEVILLE, Grand PRIX, Park Avenue & Regal)
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Notes
        • Pcm Power & Ground Check
          • Notes
          • Ground Circuits
          • Power Circuits
          • PCM Harness Resistance
      • Engine Sensors & Switches
        • Notes
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (3.5L & 3.8L)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Park Neutral Position Switch
      • Motors, Relays & Solenoids
        • Notes
        • Idle Air Control Motor
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay
        • Fuel Pump Relay
      • Fuel Systems (Gasoline)
        • Notes
        • Fuel Delivery
          • Notes
          • Fuel Pump Circuit
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test (Except SATURN)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test (SATURN)
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (Except SATURN)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Injector Leak Test (1.9L)
        • Injector Leak Test (2.2L SATURN)
        • Injector Leak Test (3.0L)
        • Fuel Pump Relay
      • Fuel Systems (2.2L - Cavalier CNG)
        • Notes
        • Fuel Lock-Off Relay Diagnosis
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel Pump Relay Diagnosis
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Unwanted Switch To Gasoline
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Idle Control Systems
        • Notes
        • Idle Air Control System (2.2L, 2.4L, 3.1L, 3.4L, 3.5L, 3.8L, 4.0L & 4.6L)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Ignition Systems
        • Notes
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (2.2L - Cavalier - CNG)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Emission Systems & Subsystems
        • Notes
        • Air Injection
          • Electric AIR Pump
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION
          • Notes
          • Exhaust System Check (Except Saturn)
          • Exhaust System Check - Parked (Saturn)
          • Exhaust System Check - Road Test (Saturn)
        • Fuel Evaporation
          • Notes
          • EVAP Control System Diagnosis
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation
          • Required Service
          • Checking PCV Valve Function
      • Miscellaneous Controls
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Controls
        • Electric Cooling Fan
        • Transmission
      • Component Locations
        • Notes
        • Component Locations (2.2L VIN 4 & VIN F, & 2.4L VIN T - Cavalier & SUNFIRE - Gasoline)
        • Component Locations (2.2L VIN 4 - Cavalier - CNG)
        • Component Locations (2.2L VIN F - ALERO & Grand Am)
        • Component Locations (3.1L VIN J - Century)
        • Component Locations (3.1L VIN J - MALIBU)
        • Component Locations (3.1L VIN J - Grand PRIX)
        • Component Locations (3.4L VIN E - ALERO & Grand Am)
        • Component Locations (3.4L VIN E - Impala & Monte CARLO)
        • Component Locations (3.5L VIN H - Aurora)
        • Component Locations (3.5L VIN H - Intrigue)
        • Component Locations (3.8L VIN K & 1 - BONNEVILLE & LESABRE)
        • Component Locations (3.8L VIN K - CAMARO & Firebird)
        • Component Locations (3.8L VIN K & 1 - Grand PRIX)
        • Component Locations (3.8L VIN K - Impala & Monte CARLO)
        • Component Locations (3.8L VIN K & 1 - Park Avenue)
        • Component Locations (3.8L VIN K & 1 - Regal)
        • Component Locations (4.0L VIN C - Aurora)
        • Component Locations (4.6L VIN Y & 9 - DEVILLE, ELDORADO & SEVILLE)
        • Component Locations (5.7L VIN G - CAMARO & Firebird)
        • Component Locations (5.7L VIN G - Corvette)
        • Engine Component Locations (1.9L VIN 7 & 8 - SATURN)
        • Engine Component Locations (2.2L VIN F - SATURN)
        • Engine Component Locations (3.0L VIN R - SATURN)
        • Transmission Component Locations (1.9L VIN 7 & 8 - SATURN A/T)
        • Transmission Component Locations (1.9L VIN 7 & 8 - SATURN M/T)
    • Engine Control System Troubleshooting - No Codes
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection
      • Symptoms
        • Notes
        • Symptom Diagnosis
        • Cuts Out, Misses
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Engine Backfires
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Engine Dieseling/Run-On
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Hard Start
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Hesitation, Sag Or Stumble
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Lack Of Power, Sluggish Or Spongy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Poor Fuel Economy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
          • Cause & Correction
        • Rough, Unstable Or Incorrect Idle & Stalling
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Vehicle Surges Or CHUGGLES
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
      • INTERMITTENTS
        • Notes
        • Preliminary
        • Harness Or Connector INTERMITTENTS
        • Electrical Connections Or Wiring
        • Control Module Power & Grounds, & Component Power & Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) & Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Pcm Programming
        • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Scan Tool Snapshot
        • Vehicle Data Recorder
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
  • Theory and Operation
    • Engine Control System - Theory & Operation
      • Introduction
      • Air Induction Systems
        • Airflow Sensing
          • Mass Airflow Sensor
          • Speed Density
        • Supercharger (3.8L VIN 1)
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Notes
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Torque Management
        • Input Devices
          • Notes
          • A/C Request Signal
          • A/C Pressure Sensor
          • A/C Pressure Switches
          • A/C Temperature Sensors
          • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (3.0L)
          • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (5.7L)
          • Battery Voltage
          • Brake Switch Feedback
          • Camshaft Position Sensor (2.2L & 2.4L)
          • Camshaft Position Sensor (3.0L)
          • Camshaft Position Sensor (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Camshaft Position Sensor (3.5L, 4.0L, 4.6L & 5.7L)
          • Camshaft Position Sensor (3.8L)
          • Crankshaft (7X) Sensor (1.9L, 2.2L & 2.4L)
          • Crankshaft Sensor (3.0L)
          • Crankshaft (3X/7X & 24X) Sensor (3.1L & 3.4L)
          • Crankshaft Sensor (3.5L, 4.0L & 4.6L)
          • Crankshaft (3X/18X) Sensor (3.8L)
          • Crankshaft (4X/24X) Sensor (5.7L)
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • Gear Switches
          • Generator "L" Light Circuit
          • Generator "F" Field Circuit
          • Ignition/Crank Signal
          • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
          • Knock Sensor
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
          • Mass Airflow Sensor
          • Oxygen Sensor (Sensor 1 - 1.9L)
          • Oxygen Sensors (Except Sensor 1 - 1.9L & Sensor 1 - 3.0L)
          • Oxygen Sensors (Sensor 1 - 3.0L)
          • RPM Reference Signal
          • Throttle Position Sensor
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Output Signals
          • Notes
          • A/C Compressor Clutch
          • Air Injection System
          • Boost Control Solenoid (Supercharger)
          • Canister Purge Control Solenoid
          • Coil-Near-Plug Ignition
          • Computer Controlled Coil Ignition (C I)
          • Cooling Fan Relay
          • Digital EGR Valve
          • Direct Ignition System
          • EGR Control Solenoid
          • Electronic Variable Orifice Actuator
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pump & Fuel Pump Relay
          • HOT Light Or Coolant Temperature (TEMP) Light
          • Idle Air Control Valve
          • Integrated Direct Ignition
          • Linear EGR Valve
          • Knock Sensor Operation
          • Malfunction Indicator Light
          • Self-Diagnostics
          • Serial Data
          • Shift Light
          • Shift Solenoids (Electronically-Controlled Transmission)
          • Throttle Actuator
          • Torque Converter Clutch
      • Fuel Systems
        • Fuel Delivery
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Pump Relay
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
        • Fuel Control (Except 3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cut-Off Mode
          • Short Term Fuel Trim
          • Long Term Fuel Trim
        • Fuel Control (3.0L)
        • Idle Speed
          • Notes
          • Idle Air Control Valve
      • Ignition Systems
        • Dis (3.0L, 3.5L, 4.0L & 4.6L)
          • Notes
          • Modes of Operation
        • Coil-Near-Plug Ignition (5.7L)
          • Notes
          • Modes of Operation
        • Computer Controlled Coil Ignition (3.8L)
          • Notes
          • Modes of Operation
        • Electronic Ignition (1.9L)
          • Notes
          • Ignition Control
          • Compression Sense Ignition
          • Spark Knock Control
        • Electronic Ignition (2.2L - VIN 4 & 2.4L)
          • Notes
          • Modes of Operation
        • Electronic Ignition (2.2L - VIN F)
          • Notes
          • Modes of Operation
      • Emission Systems
        • Notes
        • Secondary Air Injection System
          • Notes
          • AIR Pump (Electric)
          • AIR Shut Off Valve
          • AIR Vacuum Control Solenoid
          • Check Valves
          • Plumbing
        • Catalytic Converter
          • Three-Way Catalytic Converter
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION
          • Notes
          • Linear EGR System
        • Evaporative Emission Control
          • Notes
          • EVAP Canister
          • EVAP Purge Solenoid
          • EVAP Vent Solenoid
          • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • EVAP Service Port
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation
      • Self-Diagnostic Systems
        • Description
        • Malfunction Indicator Light
        • Monitors
          • Description
          • Conditions For Updating I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Serial Data
      • Throttle Actuator Control System
        • Throttle Actuator Control
          • 3.0L
          • 5.7L
      • Miscellaneous Controls
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch
          • Notes
          • A/C Pressure Sensor
        • Electric Cooling Fan
        • Electronic Variable Orifice Actuator
        • Hot Light Or Coolant Temperature Light
        • Transmission
          • Torque Converter Clutch (Electronic Transaxle/Transmission)
          • Electronic Transmission
          • Shift Light (Except Corvette)
          • 1-To-4 Light (Corvette)
          • 2nd & 3rd Gear Block-Out Relay (Camaro, Corvette & Firebird)
          • Reverse Lockout
  • Engine Vacuum Diagrams
    • Introduction
    • Emission Control Device Abbreviations
    • Vacuum Hose Diagram(S)
  • Engine Performance Wiring Diagrams
    • Wiring Diagrams
      • ALERO & Grand Am
      • Astro & Safari
      • Aurora
      • Avalanche, Escalade, Escalade Ext, Sierra, SILVERADO, Suburban, TAHOE, YUKON & YUKON XL
      • AZTEK
      • Blazer, Jimmy CANADIAN, SONOMA & S10 Pickup
      • BONNEVILLE & LESABRE
      • BRAVADA, Envoy, Envoy XL & Trailblazer
      • CAMARO & Firebird
      • Cavalier & SUNFIRE
      • Century
      • Chevy Express & SAVANA
      • Corvette
      • DEVILLE
      • ELDORADO
      • Grand PRIX
      • Impala & Monte CARLO
      • Intrigue
      • MALIBU
      • MONTANA, Silhouette & Venture
      • Park Avenue
      • PRIZM
      • Regal
      • SATURN (L Series)
      • SATURN (S Series)
      • SEVILLE
      • Tracker
      • VUE
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • Computer Relearn Procedures
    • Introduction
      • Body Controls
      • Engine Controls
    • CHRYSLER Corp.
      • A/C Calibration (Caravan, Town & Country, & Voyager)
        • Description
        • Procedure
      • A/C Calibration (CONCORDE, Intrepid & 300M)
      • Body Control Module (CONCORDE, Intrepid, SEBRING Convertible, SEBRING Sedan, Stratus Sedan & 300M)
      • Drive Learn Procedure (DAKOTA - 4.7L, DURANGO - 4.7L & Ram Pickup 1500 - 4.7L)
        • Notes
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 1st Neutral To Drive Shift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth Neutral To Drive Garage Shift
        • Procedure To Learn The 1st 2-3 Shift After A Restart Or Shift To Reverse
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 2-3 & 3-4 Upshift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 4-3 Coastdown & Part Throttle 4-3 Kickdown
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 1-2 Upshift & 3-2 Kickdown
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth Manual 2-1 Pulldown Shift As Well As A Neutral To Reverse Shift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth Neutral To Reverse Shift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 4-5 Upshift for 545RFE
      • Engine Control Module Programming (Diesel)
      • Immobilizer System (SEBRING Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
        • Notes
        • Encrypted Code Registration
        • Key ID Registration
      • Instrument Cluster (Ram Van & Ram Wagon)
      • Pinion Factor Procedure
        • Except Concorde, Durango - With NGC, Intrepid & 300M
        • Concorde, Durango - With NGC, Intrepid & 300M
      • Power Liftgate Learn Cycle (Caravan & Town & Country)
        • Description
        • Procedure
      • Power Sliding Door Learn Cycle (Caravan & Town & Country)
        • Description
        • Procedure
      • Powertrain Control Module Programming (Except Ram Pickup 2500 & 3500 - Gasoline, Ram Van & Ram Wagon)
      • Powertrain Control Module Programming (Ram Pickup 2500 & 3500 - Gasoline, Ram Van & Ram Wagon)
      • Sentry Key Immobilizer Module Programming
      • Programming Ignition Keys To Sentry Key Immobilizer Module
        • Using Scan Tool
        • Programming Ignition Keys Using Customer Learn Method
      • Torque Converter Clutch Break-In Procedure (CONCORDE, Intrepid & 300M)
        • Description
        • Break-In Procedure
      • Transmission Shift Quality Quick Learn Procedure (DAKOTA - 4.7L, DURANGO - 4.7L & Ram Pickup 1500 - 4.7L)
      • Transaxle Shift Quality Quick Learn Procedure
      • Vehicle DRIVEABILITY Computer Relearn Procedure
    • Ford Motor Co.
      • Notes
      • Control Module Programming
        • Notes
        • Programmable Module Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Lock Actuator Module Parameter Reset (LS - Manual Transmission Only)
      • Customer Preferences
      • Instrument Cluster Programming
        • Notes
        • Instrument Cluster Programming Procedure "A"
        • Instrument Cluster Programming Procedure "B"
        • Security Access Procedure
      • Power Sliding Door Initialization (WINDSTAR Only)
      • Programming Powertrain Control Module (All Models)
        • Notes
        • Description
        • Flash Vehicle Identification (VID) Block Procedure
      • Rear Ride Height Initializing Procedure (BLACKWOOD Only)
        • Calibration Procedure
    • General Motors (Cars)
      • Notes
      • Crankshaft Position Sensor System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Alero, Aurora - 4.0L, Bonneville, Cavalier - 2.2L, Century, Corvette, Deville, Eldorado, Grand Am, Grand Prix, Impala, LeSabre, Malibu, Monte Carlo, Park Avenue, Regal, Seville & Sunfire - 2.2L
        • Camaro & Firebird - 3.8L
        • Camaro & Firebird - 5.7L
        • Cavalier & Sunfire - 2.4L
        • Intrigue - 3.5L
        • Saturn - 1.9L
        • Saturn - 2.2L
      • Engine Control Module
        • Saturn - 3.0L
      • Idle Air Control Valve Learn Procedure
        • Deville, Eldorado & Seville
      • Powertrain Control Module
        • Alero - 2.2L, Cavalier, Grand Am - 2.2L, Saturn - 1.9L & Sunfire
        • Remote Programming (Alero - 3.4L, Aurora, Bonneville, Camaro, Century, Deville, Eldorado, Firebird, Grand Am, Grand Prix, Impala, Intrigue, LeSabre, Malibu, Monte Carlo, Park Avenue, Regal & Seville)
        • Off-Board Programming (Alero - 3.4L, Aurora, Bonneville, Camaro, Century, Deville, Eldorado, Firebird, Grand Am, Grand Prix, Impala, Intrigue, LeSabre, Malibu, Monte Carlo, Park Avenue, Regal & Seville)
        • Remote Programming (Corvette)
        • Off-Board Programming (Corvette)
      • Theft Deterrent System Components
        • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (Alero, Cavalier, Century, Corvette, Grand Am, Impala, Malibu, Monte Carlo, Regal & Sunfire)
        • 30-Minute Learn Procedure (Alero, Cavalier, Century, Corvette, Grand Am, Impala, Malibu, Monte Carlo, Regal & Sunfire)
        • Set Up A New Theft Deterrent Control Module (Aurora, Bonneville, Deville, Eldorado, Intrigue, LeSabre, Park Avenue & Seville)
        • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (Aurora, Bonneville, Deville, Eldorado, Intrigue, LeSabre, Park Avenue & Seville)
        • 30-Minute Learn Procedure (Aurora, Bonneville, Deville, Eldorado, Intrigue, LeSabre, Park Avenue & Seville)
        • Passlock™ Anti-Theft Seed & Key Method (Saturn - 1.9L)
        • Passlock™ Anti-Theft Auto Learn Method (Saturn - 1.9L)
        • Auto Learn Method (Saturn - 2.2L & 3.0L)
        • Saturn Service Stall Method (Saturn - 2.2L & 3.0L)
      • Throttle Body Relearn Procedure
        • Saturn - 3.0L
      • Throttle Position Sensor Learn Procedure
        • Deville, Eldorado & Seville
    • General Motors (Trucks & Vans)
      • Notes
      • Crankshaft Position Sensor System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Avalanche, Astro, Aztek, Blazer, Bravada, Cab & Chassis - 8.1L, Chevy Express - 4.3L, 5.0L, 5.7L & 8.1L, Cutaway - 5.7L & 8.1L, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Jimmy Canadian, Montana, Rendezvous, RV Cutaway - 5.7L & 8.1L, S10 Pickup, Safari, Savana - 4.3L, 5.0L, 5.7L & 8.1L, Savana Camper Special -5.7L & 8.1L, Savana Special - 5.7L & 8.1L, Sierra - 4.3L, 4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L, Silhouette, Silverado - 4.3L, 4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L, Sonoma, Suburban, Tahoe, Trailblazer, Venture, Yukon & Yukon XL
        • Vue - 2.2L
      • Engine Control Module Programming
        • Remote Programming (Sierra & Silverado - 6.6L)
        • Off-Board Programming (Sierra & Silverado - 6.6L)
        • Vue - 2.2L
        • Vue - 3.0L
      • Fuel Injection Pump Top Dead Center Offset Adjustment
        • Learning A TDC Offset (Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Cutaway, RV Cutaway, Savana, Savana Camper Special & Savana Special - 6.5L)
      • Glow Plug System Relearn Procedure
        • Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Cutaway, RV Cutaway, Savana, Savana Camper Special & Savana Special - 6.5L
      • Powertrain Control Module
        • Remote Programming (Avalanche, Astro, Aztek, Blazer, Bravada, Cab & Chassis - 8.1L, Chevy Express - 5.0L, 5.7L & 8.1L, Cutaway - 5.7L & 8.1L, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Jimmy Canadian, Montana, Rendezvous, RV Cutaway - 5.7L & 8.1L, S10 Pickup - 4.3L, Safari, Savana - 5.0L, 5.7L & 8.1L, Savana Camper Special - 5.7L & 8.1L, Savana Special - 5.7L & 8.1L, Sierra - 4.3L, 4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L, Silhouette, Silverado - 4.3L, 4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L, Sonoma - 4.3L, Suburban, Tahoe, Trailblazer, Venture, Yukon & Yukon XL)
        • Off-Board Programming (Avalanche, Astro, Aztek, Blazer, Bravada, Cab & Chassis - 8.1L, Chevy Express - 5.0L, 5.7L & 8.1L, Cutaway - 5.7L & 8.1L, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Jimmy Canadian, Montana, Rendezvous, RV Cutaway - 5.7L & 8.1L, S10 Pickup - 4.3L, Safari, Savana - 5.0L, 5.7L & 8.1L, Savana Camper Special - 5.7L & 8.1L, Savana Special - 5.7L & 8.1L, Sierra - 4.3L, 4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L, Silhouette, Silverado - 4.3L, 4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L, Sonoma - 4.3L, Suburban, Tahoe, Trailblazer, Venture, Yukon & Yukon XL)
        • PCM Programming (Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Cutaway, RV Cutaway, Savana, Savana Camper Special & Savana Special - 6.5L)
        • Programming TDC Offset (Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Cutaway, RV Cutaway, Savana, Savana Camper Special & Savana Special - 6.5L)
        • PCM Programming (S10 Pickup - 2.2L, Sonoma - 2.2L & Tracker)
      • Theft Deterrent System Components
        • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (Avalanche, Astro, Blazer, Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Cutaway, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Jimmy Canadian, RV Cutaway, S10 Pickup, Safari, Savana, Savana Camper Special & Savana Special, Sierra, Silverado, Sonoma, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon & Yukon XL)
        • 30-Minute Learn Procedure (Avalanche, Astro, Blazer, Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Cutaway, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Jimmy Canadian, RV Cutaway, S10 Pickup, Safari, Savana, Savana Camper Special & Savana Special, Sierra, Silverado, Sonoma, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon & Yukon XL)
        • Set Up a New Theft Deterrent Control Module (Aztek, Montana, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
        • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (Aztek, Montana, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
        • 30-Minute Learn Procedure (Aztek, Montana, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
        • 10 Minute Learn Procedure With Standard Key (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL & Trailblazer)
        • 30 Minute Learn Procedure With Standard Key (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL & Trailblazer)
        • Procedure To Set Up New Theft Deterrent Control Module With Transponder Key (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL & Trailblazer)
        • 10 Minute Re-Learn Procedure (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL & Trailblazer)
        • Auto Learn Method (Vue)
        • Saturn Service Stall Method (Vue)
      • Throttle Body Relearn Procedure
        • Vue - 3.0L
    • Jeep
      • Drive Learn Procedure (Grand CHEROKEE & Liberty)
        • Notes
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 1st Neutral To Drive Shift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth Neutral To Drive Garage Shift
        • Procedure To Learn The 1st 2-3 Shift After A Restart Or Shift To Reverse
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 2-3 & 3-4 Upshift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 4-3 Coastdown & Part Throttle 4-3 Kickdown
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 1-2 Upshift & 3-2 Kickdown
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth Manual 2-1 Pulldown Shift As Well As A Neutral To Reverse Shift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth Neutral To Reverse Shift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 4-5 Upshift for 545RFE
      • Powertrain Control Module Programming
        • Notes
        • Updating Secret Key Data
      • Sentry Key Immobilizer Module Programming
      • Programming Ignition Keys To Sentry Key Immobilizer Module
        • Using Scan Tool
        • Using Customer Learn Method
      • Shift Quality Quick-Learn Procedure (Grand CHEROKEE & Liberty)
        • Overview
        • Quick-Learn Procedure
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 2001-03
    • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
      • Notes
      • Drive Cycle
        • Description
        • Enable Conditions
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Antilock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4T65-E) DTCS
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Charging DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 3.1L DTCS (Century)
    • Engine Performance - 3.8L DTCS
    • Horn DTCS
    • HVAC - Automatic DTCS
    • HVAC - Manual DTCS
    • Keyless Entry DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Retained Accessory Power DTCS
    • Starting DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
    • Tire Pressure Monitor DTCS
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • Lifting & Jacking The Vehicle
      • Lifting And Jacking The Vehicle
        • Notes
        • Automotive Lift and Floor Jack Contact Points
        • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
        • Vehicle Lifting-Suspension Contact Lift
        • Vehicle Jacking
        • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Gm Vehicles Cautions & Notices
      • Cautions & Notices
        • Definition Of Caution, Notice, & Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • Abs Component Handling Caution
        • Actions To Take When Working With Fuel Caution
        • Approved Equipment For Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Brake Pipe Replacement Caution
        • Breathing R-134A Caution
        • Cleaning Solvent Caution
        • Clutch Dust Caution
        • Defroster Outlet Caution
        • Door Outer Panel Replacement Caution
        • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Foam Sound DEADENERS Caution
        • Floor Jack Caution
        • Fuel & EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Rail Stop Bracket Installation Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors In Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass & Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hood Hold-Open Device Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts & Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Protective Goggles & Glove Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Replacement Carpet Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses & Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles & Fuel Caution
        • Servicing The Sir System Caution
        • Sir Caution
        • Sir Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • Sir Handling Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • Sir Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Handling & Storage Caution
        • Sir Special Tool Caution
        • Tilt Spring Caution
        • Valve Springs Can Be Tightly Compressed Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Air In The Power Steering System Notice
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Caliper Notice
        • Brake Caliper Supporting To Prevent Hose Damage Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects On Paint & Electrical Components Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • CLEARCOAT/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Differential Housing Cover & Gasket Removal Notice
        • Do Not Depress Brake Pedal With Rotors/Drums Removed Notice
        • Electrical Wiring Routing Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Engine Lifting Notice
        • Engine Mounting Notice
        • Excessive Force & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exhaust System Inspection Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Flex DECOUPLER Notice
        • Fuel & Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Notice
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel System Ground Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling Bearing Inserts Notice
        • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling IAC Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Ignition Off When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Installing Hoses Without Twists Or Bends Notice
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Servicing Notice
        • Latched DTC B1018, B1024 Notice (SDM-RSD)
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Machined Surface Damage Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • OBDII System Description Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Pcm & ESD Notice
        • Pinion Flange/Yoke Installation Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Properly Secured Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Pipe Notice
        • Ring Gear Removal Notice
        • Sealant Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Servicing And Replacing Seat Belts Notice
        • Servicing The Level Sensor Notice
        • Silicon Contamination Of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Spark Plug Boot Removal Notice
        • Special Fastener Notice
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Damage Notice
        • Steering Gear Preload Adjustment Notice
        • Steering Wheel In The Full Turn Position Notice
        • Suspension Spring Handling Notice
        • Test Lamp To Ignition Control Module Circuit Connector Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Transfer Case Seal Removal Notice
        • Valve Lifter Priming Notice
    • Lifting & Jacking The Vehicle
      • Lifting And Jacking The Vehicle
        • Notes
        • Automotive Lift and Floor Jack Contact Points
        • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
        • Vehicle Lifting-Suspension Contact Lift
        • Vehicle Jacking
        • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tire and Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
          • Engine Order Related Disturbances
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
            • Engine-Driven Accessory Noises
          • Vehicle Payload
            • Notes
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
          • Static Balance
          • Dynamic Balance
        • Wheel Weight Usage
          • Notes
          • Clip-On Weights
          • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-On Weights
          • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - on Vehicle
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match- Mounting
      • Description And Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Tools Required
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
            • Notes
            • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
            • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Reset Procedures
    • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
      • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
        • Notes
        • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
        • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
    • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
      • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
          • Vehicles WITHOUT Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
          • Vehicles WITH Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Steering Wheel Controls)
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Turn Signal Lever Controls)
          • Vehicles without DIC (Some Models)
          • Reset Using Diagnostic Scan Tool (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • With Base Audio System
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
          • With Base Audio System
          • Without DIC
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
          • With Information Center Display
          • With Visual Information Center
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
          • Vehicles with Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Reminder Flag)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Warning Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Check Engine Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Federal Emissions
          • California Emissions
      • Diesel Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Message Reset
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Notes
          • Resetting With Base Audio System
          • Resetting With Navigation System
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
          • Notes
          • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
          • Using RDS Radio, If Equipped
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
          • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
          • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-52545 (Preferred)
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-50448 (Alternative)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
    • Tire Pressure Monitor Systems
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) System
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Warning Light
      • TPMS Reset Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor System RECALIBRATION
          • Notes
          • Using Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
      • Dismounting/Mounting Procedures
      • Torque Specifications
  • Restraints
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Component Inspection & Replacement Tables.
      • General Motors (1988-04)
  • RPO Codes
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 001-19F)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 001-19F)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 19H-2EL)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 19H-2EL)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 2F1-44I)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 2F1-44I)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 44L-5J9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 44L-5J9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 5K0-6FF)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 5K0-6FF)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 6FG-76A)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 6FG-76A)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 76D-7XD)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 76D-7XD)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 7XF-8M0)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 7XF-8M0)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 8M1-9C0)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 8M1-9C0)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 9C1-A0F)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 9C1-A0F)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes A0G-Ar4)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes A0G-Ar4)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Ar5-BCP)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Ar5-BCP)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes BCQ-C12)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes BCQ-C12)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes C13-Cur)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes C13-Cur)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Cut-Dir)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Cut-Dir)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Dr7-EHE)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Dr7-EHE)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes EHF-F5P)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes EHF-F5P)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes F5Q-G1V)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes F5Q-G1V)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes G1W-HFN)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes G1W-HFN)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes HFO-JRG)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes HFO-JRG)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes JRH-KLY)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes JRH-KLY)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes KLZ-LQX)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes KLZ-LQX)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes LQY-MW9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes LQY-MW9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes MWE-ODK)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes MWE-ODK)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes ODL-Ora)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes ODL-Ora)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Orb-PDE)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Orb-PDE)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes PDF-QH6)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes PDF-QH6)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes QH7-R8D)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes QH7-R8D)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes R8E-T07)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes R8E-T07)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes T08-TJ0)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes T08-TJ0)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes TJ1-U10)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes TJ1-U10)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes U11-Us9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes U11-Us9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes USB-VG9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes USB-VG9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes VGA-W5Y)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes VGA-W5Y)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes W5Z-XE3)
      • RPO Code Definitions (Codes W5Z-XE3)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes XE4-Y9Z)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes XE4-Y9Z)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Ya2-ZD9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Ya2-ZD9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes ZDE-ZZZ)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes ZDE-ZZZ)
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Specifications Index
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Cabin Air Filter
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (1997-2003 Century, Impala, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Removal & Installation (2004-2005 Century & Regal)
          • Removal & Installation (2004-2007 Allure Canadian (2005-06), Impala, Grand Prix, LaCrosse & Monte Carlo)
    • HVAC Systems - General Servicing
      • USING R-134a REFRIGERANT
        • Handling/Safety Precautions
        • IDENTIFYING R-134a SYSTEMS & COMPONENTS
          • Notes
          • Fittings & "O" Rings
          • Underhood A/C Specification Labels
        • Refrigerant Oils
      • System Service Valves
        • SCHRADER-Type Valves
        • Special Valve Connectors
        • R-134a SERVICE VALVES/PORTS
        • Service Valve Locations
      • Service Equipment
      • Manifold Gauge Set
        • Notes
        • Connecting Gauge Set
          • Notes
          • Schrader-Type Valves
        • Stabilizing A/C System
      • Pressure-Temperature Relationship
      • Pressure Gauge Readings
      • Recovery/Evacuation & Recharging
        • DAIMLERCHRYSLER Corp.
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant System Service Equipment
          • Manifold Gauge Set Connections
          • Refrigerant Recovery
          • Refrigerant System Evacuate
          • Refrigerant System Charge
        • Ford Motor Co.
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant System Recovery
          • Refrigerant System Evacuation
          • Refrigerant System Charging
        • General Motors
        • Jeep
      • Filtering Procedures (Ford)
        • A/C System Filtering (Focus)
        • A/C System Filtering (Villager)
        • A/C System Filtering (Except Focus & Villager)
      • Flushing Procedures
        • DAIMLERCHRYSLER Corp.
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • Jeep
      • Leak Testing
        • Notes
        • Types Of Leak Detectors
          • Bubble Solution Detector
          • Dye Solution
          • Fluorescent Leak Detection
          • Electronic Leak Detector
        • Preparation For Leak Testing
        • Bubble Detector Leak Testing Procedure
        • Electronic Leak Testing Procedure
        • Dye Solution Leak Testing Procedures
        • Fluorescent Dye Leak Testing Procedures
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • HVAC Systems - Automatic
      • Specifications
      • Torque Specifications
      • Vacuum Hose Diagram(S)
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic System Check - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0332: HVAC Control Module Detects Voltage Less Than Expected
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0333: HVAC Control Module Detects Signal Greater Than What Is Expected
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0337: HVAC Control Module Detects Voltage Less Than Expected
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0338: HVAC Control Module Detects Voltage More Than Expected
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0348: HVAC Control Module Detects Voltage Out Of Expected Range
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0361: No Voltage From Air Temperature Door Position Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0363: Left Air Temperature Actuator Signal Circuit Is Higher Than Expected
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0365: 0 Volts Detected From Air Temperature Door Position Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0367: Right Air Temperature Actuator Signal Circuit Is Higher Than Expected
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0441: Short Or Open Condition From HVAC Control Module
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0446: HVAC Control Module Receives A Right Air Temperature Actuator Position Signal From The Right Air Temperature Actuator
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0530 (L36, L67): A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Signal Voltage Is Not Within SPEECHIFICATION
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0530 (Lg8): A/C Pressure Is Not Within Specifications
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1546 (L36, L67): Ignition Voltage Is Between Specifications
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1546 (Lg8): Short Or Open Condition Is Detected On Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Blower Motor Always ON
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Test Description
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Vacuum Control System Diagnostic
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Control Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Aspirator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inside Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sun Load Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Air Speed
          • Recirculation Mode
          • Automatic Modes
          • VF Display
          • Air Distribution
          • Mode Switch
          • OFF Mode
          • Mix-Blend Mode
          • Floor Mode
          • Bi-Level Mode
          • Vent Mode
          • Front Defrost Mode
          • Outside Air Mode
          • Dual Zone Control Switch
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Heater Mode
          • Air Temperature Actuator
          • Temperature Sensors
          • Sunload Sensor
          • Dual Zone Control Switch
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Mode
          • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • HVAC Systems - General Servicing
      • USING R-134a REFRIGERANT
        • Handling/Safety Precautions
        • IDENTIFYING R-134a SYSTEMS & COMPONENTS
          • Notes
          • Fittings & "O" Rings
          • Underhood A/C Specification Labels
        • Refrigerant Oils
      • System Service Valves
        • SCHRADER-Type Valves
        • Special Valve Connectors
        • R-134a SERVICE VALVES/PORTS
        • Service Valve Locations
      • Service Equipment
      • Manifold Gauge Set
        • Notes
        • Connecting Gauge Set
          • Notes
          • Schrader-Type Valves
        • Stabilizing A/C System
      • Pressure-Temperature Relationship
      • Pressure Gauge Readings
      • Recovery/Evacuation & Recharging
        • DAIMLERCHRYSLER Corp.
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant System Service Equipment
          • Manifold Gauge Set Connections
          • Refrigerant Recovery
          • Refrigerant System Evacuate
          • Refrigerant System Charge
        • Ford Motor Co.
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant System Recovery
          • Refrigerant System Evacuation
          • Refrigerant System Charging
        • General Motors
        • Jeep
      • Filtering Procedures (Ford)
        • A/C System Filtering (Focus)
        • A/C System Filtering (Villager)
        • A/C System Filtering (Except Focus & Villager)
      • Flushing Procedures
        • DAIMLERCHRYSLER Corp.
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • Jeep
      • Leak Testing
        • Notes
        • Types Of Leak Detectors
          • Bubble Solution Detector
          • Dye Solution
          • Fluorescent Leak Detection
          • Electronic Leak Detector
        • Preparation For Leak Testing
        • Bubble Detector Leak Testing Procedure
        • Electronic Leak Testing Procedure
        • Dye Solution Leak Testing Procedures
        • Fluorescent Dye Leak Testing Procedures
    • HVAC Systems - Manual
      • Model Identification
      • Specifications
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • HVAC Control Components
          • HVAC Control Module
          • Air Temperature Actuator
          • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Dual Zone Operation
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
        • Air Speed
        • Air Distribution
          • Vent Mode
          • Bi-Level Mode
          • Floor Mode
          • Mix-Blend Mode
          • Defrost Mode
      • Component Locations
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Actuator & HVAC Control Module Re-Calibration
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Notes
        • Preliminary Inspection
        • Symptom Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
      • Performance Tests
        • Notes
        • A/C System Performance
        • Heating Performance
      • Self-Diagnostics System
        • Notes
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic System Check
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • DTC P0530: Refrigerant Pressure Sensor High Or Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1546: Short Or Open In A/C Compressor Clutch Relay Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • System Tests
        • A/C Pressure Zone "A" Diagnosis
        • A/C Pressure Zone "B" Diagnosis
        • A/C Pressure Zone "C" Diagnosis
        • A/C Pressure Zone "D" Diagnosis
        • Vacuum Control System
      • Symptom Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Air Delivery Improper
        • Test B: Blower Motor Always On
        • Test C: Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Test D: Blower Motor Malfunction
        • Test E: Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Test F: Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
        • Test G: Defrosting Insufficient
        • Test H: Too Cold In Vehicle
        • Test I: Too Hot In Vehicle
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Accumulator
          • Removal & Installation
        • Actuators
          • Removal (Drivers Side Temperature Door)
          • Installation (Drivers Side Temperature Door)
          • Removal (Passengers Side Temperature Door)
          • Installation (Passengers Side Temperature Door)
          • Removal (Defroster Door)
          • Installation (Defroster Door)
          • Removal (Mode Door)
          • Installation (Mode Door)
          • Removal (Recirculation Door)
          • Installation (Recirculation Door)
        • A/C Pressure Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Air Blend Doors
          • Removal & Installation (Temperature Doors)
          • Removal & Installation (Defroster Door & Mode Door)
          • Removal & Installation (Vent Door)
          • Removal & Installation (Recirculation Door)
        • Blower Motor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Blower Motor Resistor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Compressor
          • Notes
          • Removal (3.1L Engine)
          • Installation (3.1L Engine)
          • Removal (3.8L Engine)
          • Installation
        • Compressor Hose
          • Removal (3.1L)
          • Installation (3.1L)
          • Removal (3.8L)
          • Installation (3.8L)
        • Compressor Relay
          • Removal & Installation
        • Condenser
          • Removal & Installation
        • Evaporator Core
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Heater Core
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • HVAC Control Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • HVAC Module Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Orifice Tube
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter
          • Removal & Installation
        • Refrigerant Filter
          • Notes
          • Installation
        • Vacuum Reservoir Tank
          • Removal & Installation
      • Torque Specifications
      • Connector Identification
      • Vacuum Hose Diagram(S)
      • Wiring Diagrams
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Air Bag Restraint Systems
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Air Bag Modules
        • Air Bag Warning Light
        • Knee Bolsters
        • Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM)
        • Side Impact Sensor (Sis)
        • Sir Coil Assembly
      • Component Locations
      • System Operation Check
      • Air Bag Safety Precautions
      • Adjustments
        • Centering Sir Coil Assembly
          • With Centering Window & Service Lock
          • With Centering Window & No Service Lock
          • With Service Lock & No Centering Window
          • Without Centering Window Or Service Lock
      • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
        • Notes
        • Disabling System
        • Activating System
      • Disposal Procedures
        • Notes
        • On-Vehicle Deployment
        • Off-Vehicle Deployment
      • Post-Collision Inspection
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Air Bag Modules
          • Removal & Installation (Driver-side)
          • Removal & Installation (Passenger-side)
          • Removal & Installation (Side Impact)
        • Center Console
          • Removal & Installation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Instrument Panel Trim Pad
          • Removal & Installation
        • Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Side Impact Sensor (Sis)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Sir Coil Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Steering Wheel
          • Removal & Installation
      • Diagnostics
        • Notes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC'S)
        • Scan Tool Diagnostics
        • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Notes
          • Perform SIR System Diagnostic Check
          • Refer To Proper Diagnostic Test
          • Repeat SIR Diagnostic System Check
        • Sir Diagnostic System Check
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Connector Identification
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • Air Bag Warning Light Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0016, B0017, B0018: Passenger-Side Air Bag Deployment Loop Resistance Low/Resistance High/Short To Ground Or Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0022, B0024, B0026: Driver Deployment Loop Resistance Low/Short To Ground Or Voltage/Resistance High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0040, B0041, B0045: Passenger Side Impact Air Bag Deployment Loop Resistance Low/ Resistance High/Short To Ground Or Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0051: Deployment Commanded
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0053: Deployment Commanded With Loop Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0077, B0079, B0080: Driver Sis Valid Identification Not Received/Driver Sis Identification Not Correct/Driver Sis NOK (Not Okay)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B1000: Internal SDM Failure
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Wire Repair
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • CHRYSLER
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Caravan, Concord, Intrepid, Neon, Prowler, PT Cruiser, Sebring Convertible, Sebring Sedan, Stratus Sedan, Town & Country, Viper, Voyager & 300M
          • Dakota, Durango, Ram Pickup, Ram Van & Ram Wagon
          • Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
      • Ford Motor Co.
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Blackwood)
          • Activating System (Blackwood)
          • Disabling System (Continental)
          • Activating System (Continental)
          • Disabling System (Cougar)
          • Activating System (Cougar)
          • Disabling System (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Activating System (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Disabling System (Econoline)
          • Activating System (Econoline)
          • Disabling System (Escape)
          • Activating System (Escape)
          • Disabling System (Escort & ZX2)
          • Activating System (Escort & ZX2)
          • Disabling System (Excursion & F250/350 Super Duty)
          • Activating System (Excursion & F250/350 Super Duty)
          • Disabling System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Activating System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Disabling System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Activating System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Disabling System (Explorer Sport & Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Activating System (Explorer Sport & Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Disabling System (Focus)
          • Activating System (Focus)
          • Disabling System (F150)
          • Activating System (F150)
          • Disabling System (LS & Thunderbird)
          • Activating System (LS & Thunderbird)
          • Disabling System (Mustang)
          • Activating System (Mustang)
          • Disabling System (Ranger)
          • Activating System (Ranger)
          • Disabling System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Activating System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Disabling System (Town Car)
          • Activating System (Town Car)
          • Disabling System (Villager)
          • Activating System (Villager)
          • Disabling System (Windstar)
          • Activating System (Windstar)
        • Air Bag Simulator
        • Driver Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Blackwood, Econoline, Excursion, Expedition, Explorer, Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac, F150, F250/350 Super Duty, Mountaineer & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Continental, Cougar, Escort, Focus, LS, Mustang, Ranger, Thunderbird, Town Car & ZX2)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
        • Passenger Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Cougar)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Removal & Installation (Escort & ZX2)
          • Removal & Installation (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac & Ranger)
          • Removal & Installation (Sable & Taurus)
          • Removal & Installation (Town Car)
        • Side Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Cougar)
        • Torque Specifications
      • General Motors
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Prizm
          • Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
          • All Models Except Prizm & Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Activating System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Disabling System (Astro & Safari)
          • Activating System (Astro & Safari)
          • Disabling System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Activating System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Disabling System (Avalanche, Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, TrailBlazer, TrailBlazer XL, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Activating System (Avalanche, Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, TrailBlazer, TrailBlazer XL, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Disabling System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Activating System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Disabling System (Blazer, Jimmy Canadian, Sonoma & S10 Pickup)
          • Activating System (Blazer, Jimmy Canadian, Sonoma & S10 Pickup)
          • Disabling System (Camaro & Firebird)
          • Activating System (Camaro & Firebird)
          • Disabling System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Activating System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Disabling System (Century, Grand Prix, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Activating System (Century, Grand Prix, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Disabling System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Activating System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Disabling System (Corvette)
          • Activating System (Corvette)
          • Disabling System (DeVille & Seville)
          • Activating System (DeVille & Seville)
          • Disabling System (Eldorado)
          • Activating System (Eldorado)
          • Disabling System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Activating System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Disabling System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Activating System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Disabling System (Prizm)
          • Activating System (Prizm)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, S Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, S Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn Vue)
          • Activating System (Saturn Vue)
          • Disabling System (Tracker)
          • Activating System (Tracker)
      • Jeep
        • System Operation Check
          • Grand Cherokee, Liberty & Wrangler
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shoulder Belt Guide Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Child Seat Belt Restraint System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Shoulder Belt Guide Rerouter Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • CHRYSLER
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Caravan, Concord, Intrepid, Neon, Prowler, PT Cruiser, Sebring Convertible, Sebring Sedan, Stratus Sedan, Town & Country, Viper, Voyager & 300M
          • Dakota, Durango, Ram Pickup, Ram Van & Ram Wagon
          • Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
      • Ford Motor Co.
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Blackwood)
          • Activating System (Blackwood)
          • Disabling System (Continental)
          • Activating System (Continental)
          • Disabling System (Cougar)
          • Activating System (Cougar)
          • Disabling System (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Activating System (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Disabling System (Econoline)
          • Activating System (Econoline)
          • Disabling System (Escape)
          • Activating System (Escape)
          • Disabling System (Escort & ZX2)
          • Activating System (Escort & ZX2)
          • Disabling System (Excursion & F250/350 Super Duty)
          • Activating System (Excursion & F250/350 Super Duty)
          • Disabling System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Activating System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Disabling System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Activating System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Disabling System (Explorer Sport & Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Activating System (Explorer Sport & Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Disabling System (Focus)
          • Activating System (Focus)
          • Disabling System (F150)
          • Activating System (F150)
          • Disabling System (LS & Thunderbird)
          • Activating System (LS & Thunderbird)
          • Disabling System (Mustang)
          • Activating System (Mustang)
          • Disabling System (Ranger)
          • Activating System (Ranger)
          • Disabling System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Activating System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Disabling System (Town Car)
          • Activating System (Town Car)
          • Disabling System (Villager)
          • Activating System (Villager)
          • Disabling System (Windstar)
          • Activating System (Windstar)
        • Air Bag Simulator
        • Driver Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Blackwood, Econoline, Excursion, Expedition, Explorer, Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac, F150, F250/350 Super Duty, Mountaineer & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Continental, Cougar, Escort, Focus, LS, Mustang, Ranger, Thunderbird, Town Car & ZX2)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
        • Passenger Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Cougar)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Removal & Installation (Escort & ZX2)
          • Removal & Installation (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac & Ranger)
          • Removal & Installation (Sable & Taurus)
          • Removal & Installation (Town Car)
        • Side Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Cougar)
        • Torque Specifications
      • General Motors
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Prizm
          • Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
          • All Models Except Prizm & Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Activating System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Disabling System (Astro & Safari)
          • Activating System (Astro & Safari)
          • Disabling System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Activating System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Disabling System (Avalanche, Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, TrailBlazer, TrailBlazer XL, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Activating System (Avalanche, Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, TrailBlazer, TrailBlazer XL, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Disabling System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Activating System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Disabling System (Blazer, Jimmy Canadian, Sonoma & S10 Pickup)
          • Activating System (Blazer, Jimmy Canadian, Sonoma & S10 Pickup)
          • Disabling System (Camaro & Firebird)
          • Activating System (Camaro & Firebird)
          • Disabling System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Activating System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Disabling System (Century, Grand Prix, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Activating System (Century, Grand Prix, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Disabling System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Activating System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Disabling System (Corvette)
          • Activating System (Corvette)
          • Disabling System (DeVille & Seville)
          • Activating System (DeVille & Seville)
          • Disabling System (Eldorado)
          • Activating System (Eldorado)
          • Disabling System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Activating System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Disabling System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Activating System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Disabling System (Prizm)
          • Activating System (Prizm)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, S Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, S Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn Vue)
          • Activating System (Saturn Vue)
          • Disabling System (Tracker)
          • Activating System (Tracker)
      • Jeep
        • System Operation Check
          • Grand Cherokee, Liberty & Wrangler
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematics
          • Century
          • Regal
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shoulder Belt Guide Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Child Seat Belt Restraint System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Shoulder Belt Guide Rerouter Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • CHRYSLER
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Caravan, Concord, Intrepid, Neon, Prowler, PT Cruiser, Sebring Convertible, Sebring Sedan, Stratus Sedan, Town & Country, Viper, Voyager & 300M
          • Dakota, Durango, Ram Pickup, Ram Van & Ram Wagon
          • Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
      • Ford Motor Co.
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Blackwood)
          • Activating System (Blackwood)
          • Disabling System (Continental)
          • Activating System (Continental)
          • Disabling System (Cougar)
          • Activating System (Cougar)
          • Disabling System (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Activating System (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Disabling System (Econoline)
          • Activating System (Econoline)
          • Disabling System (Escape)
          • Activating System (Escape)
          • Disabling System (Escort & ZX2)
          • Activating System (Escort & ZX2)
          • Disabling System (Excursion & F250/350 Super Duty)
          • Activating System (Excursion & F250/350 Super Duty)
          • Disabling System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Activating System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Disabling System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Activating System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Disabling System (Explorer Sport & Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Activating System (Explorer Sport & Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Disabling System (Focus)
          • Activating System (Focus)
          • Disabling System (F150)
          • Activating System (F150)
          • Disabling System (LS & Thunderbird)
          • Activating System (LS & Thunderbird)
          • Disabling System (Mustang)
          • Activating System (Mustang)
          • Disabling System (Ranger)
          • Activating System (Ranger)
          • Disabling System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Activating System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Disabling System (Town Car)
          • Activating System (Town Car)
          • Disabling System (Villager)
          • Activating System (Villager)
          • Disabling System (Windstar)
          • Activating System (Windstar)
        • Air Bag Simulator
        • Driver Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Blackwood, Econoline, Excursion, Expedition, Explorer, Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac, F150, F250/350 Super Duty, Mountaineer & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Continental, Cougar, Escort, Focus, LS, Mustang, Ranger, Thunderbird, Town Car & ZX2)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
        • Passenger Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Cougar)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Removal & Installation (Escort & ZX2)
          • Removal & Installation (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac & Ranger)
          • Removal & Installation (Sable & Taurus)
          • Removal & Installation (Town Car)
        • Side Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Cougar)
        • Torque Specifications
      • General Motors
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Prizm
          • Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
          • All Models Except Prizm & Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Activating System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Disabling System (Astro & Safari)
          • Activating System (Astro & Safari)
          • Disabling System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Activating System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Disabling System (Avalanche, Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, TrailBlazer, TrailBlazer XL, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Activating System (Avalanche, Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, TrailBlazer, TrailBlazer XL, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Disabling System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Activating System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Disabling System (Blazer, Jimmy Canadian, Sonoma & S10 Pickup)
          • Activating System (Blazer, Jimmy Canadian, Sonoma & S10 Pickup)
          • Disabling System (Camaro & Firebird)
          • Activating System (Camaro & Firebird)
          • Disabling System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Activating System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Disabling System (Century, Grand Prix, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Activating System (Century, Grand Prix, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Disabling System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Activating System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Disabling System (Corvette)
          • Activating System (Corvette)
          • Disabling System (DeVille & Seville)
          • Activating System (DeVille & Seville)
          • Disabling System (Eldorado)
          • Activating System (Eldorado)
          • Disabling System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Activating System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Disabling System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Activating System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Disabling System (Prizm)
          • Activating System (Prizm)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, S Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, S Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn Vue)
          • Activating System (Saturn Vue)
          • Disabling System (Tracker)
          • Activating System (Tracker)
      • Jeep
        • System Operation Check
          • Grand Cherokee, Liberty & Wrangler
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
• Steering
  • Electronic Steering
    • Electronic Power Steering System - Variable Effort Steering
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Controls Component Views
        • Steering Controls Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Variable Effort Steering
        • Diagnostic System Check - Variable Effort Steering
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C1241: Open/Short In VES Actuator
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Description and Operation
        • Variable Effort Steering System Description and Operation
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Magnasteer)
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Rack and Pinion)
        • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (CB Series Pump)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Power Steering System Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
        • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bleeding the Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
        • Flushing the Power Steering System
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (3.8L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (3.1L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (3.1L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Tie Rod End Replacement - Outer
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pressure Hose Replacement (3.1L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pressure Hose Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (3.1L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
        • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
        • Rack and Pinion Boot and Breather Tube Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner (Magnasteer)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner (Quiet Valve)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Magnasteer)
      • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Rack and Pinion)
      • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (CB Series Pump)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
      • Power Steering System Test Procedure
        • Notes
        • Test Description
      • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
      • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
      • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Bleeding the Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
      • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
      • Flushing the Power Steering System
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (3.1L)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (3.8L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (3.1L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Tie Rod End Replacement - Outer
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pressure Hose Replacement (3.1L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pressure Hose Replacement (3.8L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (3.1L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (3.8L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
      • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
      • Rack and Pinion Boot and Breather Tube Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Notes
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner (Magnasteer)
        • Notes
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner (Quiet Valve)
        • Notes
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
    • Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift)
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift)
      • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
      • Lock System Does Not Unlock
      • Lock System Does Not Lock
      • Lock System Sticks in Start
      • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
      • High Lock Effort
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • High Shift Effort
      • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
    • Repair Instructions
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection - Off Vehicle
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Electronic Park Lock Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction, Turn Signal, and Hazard Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Shift Lever Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Lever Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seal Replacement - Intermediate Steering Shaft
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Spring Replacement - Steering Column
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Trim Covers - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
      • Steering Column Trim Covers - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
      • Steering Column Trim Covers - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
      • Steering Column Trim Covers - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
      • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
      • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
      • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
      • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
      • Turn Signal and Multifunction Switch Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
      • Turn Signal and Multifunction Switch Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
      • Turn Signal and Multifunction Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
      • Turn Signal and Multifunction Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
      • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
      • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
      • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
      • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
      • Electric Park Lock Module - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
      • Electric Park Lock Module - Assemble - Off Vehicle
      • Steering Column Lock Cylinder Set - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
      • Steering Column Lock Cylinder Set - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
      • Steering Column Lock Cylinder Set - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
      • Steering Column Lock Cylinder Set - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
      • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
      • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control - Assemble - Off Vehicle
      • Linear Shift Assembly - Disassemble - Off Vehicle
      • Linear Shift Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle
      • Tilt Spring - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
      • Tilt Spring - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
      • Tilt Spring - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
      • Tilt Spring - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
      • Electronic Column Lock Module - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
      • Electronic Column Lock Module - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
      • Electronic Column Lock Module - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
      • Electronic Column Lock Module - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
      • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
      • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
      • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
      • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
      • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
      • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Disassemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
      • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Column Shift)
      • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket - Assemble - Off Vehicle (Floor Shift)
      • Inflatable Restraint Coil Centering - Off Vehicle (Column Shift And Floor Shift)
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Vehicle Security - Some Vehicle Models
        • Driver Convenience
        • Driver Safety
        • Steering Column Electric Park Lock
    • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Steering Gear
    • Power Rack & Pinion Steering System
      • Description & Operation
      • Lubrication
        • Fluid Type
        • Capacity
        • Fluid Level Check
        • Flushing Power Steering System
        • Hydraulic System Bleeding
          • Notes
          • Bleeding Power Steering System
          • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
      • Adjustments
        • Rack And Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload
      • Diagnosis & Testing
        • Notes
        • Power Steering Diagnostic System Check
        • Power Steering System Test Procedure
        • Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk Or Shudder Noise From Power Steering System
        • Steering Effort Hard In One Or Both Directions
        • Steering Effort Too Easy In One Or Both Directions
        • Whine Or Growl Noise From Power Steering System
      • Removal & Installation
        • Outer Tie Rod
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Rack & Pinion Boots
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Power Steering Pump Pulley
          • Removal (3.1L)
          • Removal (3.8L)
          • Installation
        • Power Steering Pump
          • Notes
          • Removal (3.1L)
          • Removal (3.8L)
          • Installation
        • Rack & Pinion Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Overhaul
        • Power Steering Pump
        • Inner Tie Rod
          • Disassembly
          • Reassembly
      • Torque Specifications
• Suspension
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Ball Joint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Bushings Replacement (Vertical)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Bushings Replacement (Horizontal)
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Strut Disposal
        • Strut, Strut Component and/or Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description (Strut)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Suspension - General Diagnosis
      • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis - Too Soft
        • Ride Diagnosis - Too Hard
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans Or Sways In Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Tire Hop Or Poor Handling
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts Or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Special Tools
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • General Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure (Disc Brakes)
          • Installation Procedure (Disc Brakes)
          • Removal Procedure (Drum Brakes)
          • Installation Procedure (Drum Brakes)
        • Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knuckle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trailing Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spindle Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Strut Disposal
        • Strut Disassembly/Assembly Repair
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Specifications
      • Special Tools
    • Suspension - General Diagnosis
      • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis - Too Soft
        • Ride Diagnosis - Too Hard
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans Or Sways In Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Tire Hop Or Poor Handling
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts Or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Special Tools
  • Wheel Alignment
    • Wheel Alignment Specifications
      • Specifications
        • ALERO & Grand Am
        • Aurora
        • BONNEVILLE
        • CAMARO & Firebird
        • Cavalier & SUNFIRE
        • Century & Regal
        • DEVILLE, LESABRE & Park Avenue
        • ELDORADO
        • Grand PRIX
        • Impala & Monte CARLO
        • Intrigue
        • MALIBU
        • PRIZM
        • SEVILLE
    • Wheel Alignment Specifications & Adjustment Procedures
      • Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Measuring Wheel Alignment
        • Front Camber Adjustment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Toe Adjustment
        • Rear Camber Adjustment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Toe Adjustment
      • Description and Operation
        • Caster Description
        • Camber Description
        • Toe Description
        • Setback Description
        • Thrust Angles Description
        • Lead/Pull Description
        • Torque Steer Description
        • Memory Steer Description
        • Wander Description
        • Scrub Radius Description
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
        • Diagnostic System Check - Tire Pressure Monitoring
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2818: BCM Detects Ground Signal From Reset Switch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1245: EBCM Detects Tire Pressure Difference In One Tire
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Inoperative
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Does Not Reset
      • Repair Instructions
        • TIRE PRESSURE MONITOR RESET PROCEDURe
          • Notes
          • Using the RESET button
          • Using the Scan Tool
      • Description And Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description And Operation
    • Tires And Wheels
      • Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Finish Damage Evaluation Procedure
          • Refinishing Procedure
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • Tire Chain Usage Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
        • Steel Wheel Repair Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transaxle Diagnosis - 4T65-E
      • Identification
        • Notes
        • Gear Ratios
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Introduction
        • Adapt Function
          • Notes
          • Upshift Adapts (1-2, 2-3 & 3-4)
          • Steady State Adapts
          • Clearing Transmission Adaptive Pressure
        • Transaxle Components & Systems
        • Electronic Components
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Input Shaft Speed Sensor
          • 1-2 & 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valves
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Valve
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Transaxle Range Switch
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Transaxle Electrical Connector
        • Powertrain Control Module
        • Limp-In Mode
        • Electronic Control System
        • Shift Interlock System
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Notes
        • Preliminary Inspection
        • Symptom Diagnosis
        • Clutch & Band Applications
      • Performance Tests
        • Road Test
          • Introduction
          • Electrical Function Check
          • Upshift Control & Torque Converter Clutch Apply
          • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Manual Downshifts
          • Coasting Downshifts
          • Manual Gear Range Selection
        • Shift Speed Specifications
        • Torque Converter Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter Stator
          • Poor Acceleration At Low Speed
          • Poor Acceleration At High Speed
          • Noise
          • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
          • If Shudder Occurs After TCC Has Applied
        • Hydraulic Pressure Tests
          • Notes
          • Line Pressure
        • Clutch & Servo Air Checks
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Diagnostic System Check
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Summary
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • DTC P0218: Transaxle Fluid OVERTEMPERATURE
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0128
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0128
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions for Clearing DTC P0128
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0502: Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit (Low Input)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0502
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0502
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions for Clearing DTC P0502
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0503: Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0503
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0503
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions for Clearing DTC P0503
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0711: Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0711
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0711
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions for Clearing DTC P0711
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0712: Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit (Low Input)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0712
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0712
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions for Clearing DTC P0712
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0713: Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit (High Input)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0713
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0713
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0716: Input Speed Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0716
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0716
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0716
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0717: Input Speed Sensor Circuit No Signal
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0717
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0717
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0717
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0719: TCC Brake Switch Circuit Low Input (Switch Stuck On)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0719
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0719
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0719
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0724: TCC Brake Switch Circuit High Input (Switch Stuck Off)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0724
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0724
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0724
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0730: Incorrect Gear Ratio
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0730
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0730
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0730
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0741: TCC System Stuck Off
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0741
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0741
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0741
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0742: TCC System Stuck On
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0742
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0742
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0742
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0748: Pressure Control Solenoid Electrical Problem
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0748
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0748
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0748
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0751: 1-2 Shift Solenoid Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0751
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0751
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0751
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0752: 1-2 Shift Solenoid Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0752
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0752
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0752
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0753: 1-2 Shift Solenoid Electrical Problem
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0753
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0753
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Condition For Clearing DTC P0753
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0756: 2-3 Shift Solenoid Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0756
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0756
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0756
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0757: 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0757
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0757
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0757
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0758: 2-3 Shift Solenoid Electrical Problem
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0758
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0758
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0758
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1810: Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P1810
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P1810
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P1810
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1811: Maximum Adapt & Long Shift
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P1811
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P1811
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P1811
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1814: Torque Converter Overstress
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P1814
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P1814
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P1814
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1860: TCC Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Electrical Problem
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P1860
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P1860
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P1860
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1887: Torque Converter Clutch Release Switch Circuit Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P1887
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P1887
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P1887
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptom Tests
        • Transaxle Range Selector Display Inoperative Or Displays Incorrect Range
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Component Tests
        • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Input Shaft Speed Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Introduction
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • STOPLAMP Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Internal Wiring Harness
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
      • Electronic Component Specifications
        • Component Resistance
      • Connector Identification
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Automatic Transaxle Overhaul & Testing - 4T65-E
      • Application
      • Identification
        • Transaxle
        • Gear Ratios
      • Description & Operation
      • Lubrication
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Component Tests
        • Torque Converter
          • Visual Inspection
          • Stator Check
          • End Play Check
      • Transaxle Disassembly
        • Torque Converter
        • Transfer Case Removal
        • Reverse Band Servo
        • Forward Band Servo
        • Oil Pan & Filter
        • Accumulator Assembly & 2-1 Manual Band Servo
        • Control Valve Body, Oil Pump & Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Output Shaft
        • Front Differential Carrier End Play Check
        • Manual Valve Link & Oil Dam
        • Case Cover & Gaskets
        • 4TH Clutch Shaft & Plates
        • Drive & Driven Sprockets
          • Drive Chain (Drive Link) Stretch Check
          • Drive & Driven Sprocket Disassembly
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly
        • Input & 2ND Clutch Assemblies
        • Reverse Band & Reaction Drum
        • Input Clutch Housing End Play Check
          • All Wheel Drive
          • Except All Wheel Drive
        • Case Extension & Differential Carrier
        • Input & Reaction Carrier
        • Reaction Sun Gear & 2-1 Manual Band
        • 1-2 Support Drum & Forward Band
        • Final Drive Internal Gear
        • Parking System Components
      • Component Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Case Components
          • Inspection
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Drive Sprocket Support
          • Inspection
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Parking System Components
          • Inspection & Reassembly
        • Differential Carrier Internal Gear
          • Inspection
        • Differential Carrier
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor RELUCTOR Wheel
          • Notes
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Case Extension
          • Inspection
        • Forward Band
          • Inspection
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
          • Functional Check
        • 2-1 Manual Band
          • Inspection
        • Reaction Sun Gear & Drum
          • Inspection
        • Input & Reaction Carrier
          • Inspection
        • Reverse Reaction Drum
          • Inspection
        • Input & 3RD Sprag Clutches
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
          • Input Clutch & 3rd Sprag Clutch Functional Check
        • Input Clutch & 3RD Clutch
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
          • Input Clutch & 3rd Clutch Functional Check
        • Input Clutch Housing Check Ball Valve
          • Notes
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Input Shaft Oil Seal Rings
          • Input Shaft Oil Seal Ring Replacement
        • Input Clutch Housing & Sprag Clutches
          • Reassembly
        • 2ND Clutch Assembly
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • 2ND Clutch Housing Check Ball Valve
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Reverse Band
          • Inspection
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
          • 2nd & 4th Clutch Functional Check
        • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Input, 2ND, 3RD & Sprag Clutches
          • Reassembly
        • Drive Sprocket & Turbine Shaft
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Drive & Driven Sprocket Components
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • 4TH Clutch Components
          • Inspection
        • Case Cover Components
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Bearing Replacement
          • Reassembly
        • Left Axle Shaft Oil Seal
          • Reassembly
        • Output Shaft
          • Inspection
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Inspection
        • Control Valve Body
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
          • Disassembly
          • Reassembly
        • Control Valve Body Spacer Plate
          • Inspection
        • Oil Pump Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection & Reassembly
        • Wiring Harness
          • Inspection
        • Case Side Cover
          • Notes
          • Inspection
        • THERMO Element Adjustment
        • 2-1 Manual Band Servo
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Accumulator Components
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Oil Pan & Filter
          • Inspection
        • Forward Band Servo
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Reverse Band Servo
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
      • Transaxle Reassembly
        • Notes
        • Transaxle
        • Transmission-To-Transfer Case End Play Check
        • Transfer Case Installation
      • Torque Specifications
      • Transaxle Specifications
    • Automatic Transaxle Removal & Installation
      • Application
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Transaxle (2002)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle (2003)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Air Cleaner Intake Duct
          • Removal (3.1L)
          • Installation (3.1L)
          • Removal (3.8L)
          • Installation (3.8L)
        • Engine Mount Strut Bracket
          • Removal - Left (3.1L)
          • Installation - Left (3.1L)
          • Removal - Right (3.1L)
          • Installation - Right (3.1L)
          • Removal (3.8L)
          • Installation (3.8L)
        • Engine Mount Strut Bracket-To-Upper Radiator Support
          • Removal (3.1L)
          • Installation (3.1L)
          • Removal (3.8L)
          • Installation (3.8L)
        • Engine Support Fixture
          • 3.1L
          • 3.8L
        • Frame Replacement
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Brace
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
    • Automatic Transaxle Servicing
      • Application
      • Identification
        • Notes
        • Oil Pan Gasket
      • Lubrication
        • Service Intervals
        • Checking Fluid Level & Condition
        • Recommended Fluids
        • Fluid Capacities
        • Draining & Refilling
        • Oil Cooler Flushing
          • Notes
          • Preparation
          • Initial Flush
          • Back Flush
        • Oil Cooler Flow Test
          • Flow Check
          • Clean-up
      • On-Vehicle Repairs
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch
        • Shift Cable
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Accumulator & 2-1 Manual Servo
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Case Extension Housing
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Case Side Cover
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Control Valve Body
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fluid Filler Tube
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Input Speed Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oil Cooler Hose/Pipes
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oil Pressure Test Plug
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oil Pump
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Output Shaft
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Pressure Control Solenoid
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Reverse Servo
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shift Cable
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • TCC Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • TFP Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • THERMO Element
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Brace
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Mount
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Vent
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Wiring Harness
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
    • Shift Interlock Systems
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Shift Interlock System (Column Shift)
        • Shift Interlock System (Console Shift)
        • Park Lock System (Console Shift)
        • Park Lock Cable
        • Shift Interlock Solenoid
        • Shift Lock By-Pass Procedure
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Diagnostic Starting Point
        • Symptom Diagnosis
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
      • Symptom Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Park Lock Solenoid Inoperative
        • Test B: Shift Lever Can Be Moved Without Brake Pedal Depressed (Column Shift)
        • Test C: Shift Lever Can Be Moved Without Brake Pedal Depressed (Console Shift)
        • Test D: Shift Lever Does Not Move With Brake Pedal Depressed (Column Shift)
        • Test E: Shift Lever Does Not Move With Brake Pedal Depressed (Console Shift - Except Intrigue)
        • Test F: Shift Lever Does Not Move With Brake Pedal Depressed (Console Shift - Intrigue)
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Park Lock Cable
        • Shift Lock Solenoid (Column Shift)
        • STOPLAMP Switch
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Console Ashtray/Lighter
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Console (Century & Regal)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Console (Intrigue)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Console Trim Plate (Century & Regal)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Console Trim Plate (Intrigue)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Insulator (Left Side)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Knee Bolster
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shift Lock Solenoid (Column Shift)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shift Lock Solenoid (Console Shift - Except Intrigue)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shift Lock Solenoid (Console Shift - Intrigue)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Lock Cable (Console Shift - Intrigue)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Power Accessory Port
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Steering Column Filler
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Steering Column Park Lock Solenoid
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • STOPLAMP Switch
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Traction Control Switch (Century & Regal)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Traction Control Switch (Intrigue)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Connector Identification
      • Wiring Diagrams
• External Pages